Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

(before+it+takes+place)

  • 21 περί

    περί, Thess., Delph. περ IG9(2).517.17 (iii B.C.), al., Schwyzer 323 A4 (v/iv B.C.), also [dialect] Aeol., v. infr. A. V ; Elean παρ ib.413.4: Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.:—
    A round about, all round (prop. different from ἀμφί, on both sides). (Cogn. with Skt. pári 'round about'.)
    A WITH GENITIVE,
    I of Place, sts. in Poets, round about, around,

    τετάνυστο π. σπείους ἡμερίς Od.5.68

     ;

    τείχη π. Δαρδανίας E. Tr. 818

     (lyr., s.v.l.);

    εἴλυμα π. χροός A.R.2.1129

     : rarely, like ἀμφί, on both sides, v. περιβαίνω 1 fin.
    2 about near,

    π. σοῦ πάντα γένοιτο ῥόδα IG14.2508

     ([place name] Nemausus).
    II to denote the object about or for which one does something:
    1 with Verbs of fighting or contending, π. τινός for an object—from the notion of the thing's lying in the middle to be fought about, π. τῶνδε for these prizes, Il.23.659 ;

    π. πτόλιος.. μαχήσεται 18.265

     ; π. Πατρόκλοιο θανόντος ib. 195, cf. 17.120;

    π. σεῖο 3.137

     ;

    π. νηὸς ἔχον πόνον 15.416

    ; ἀμύνεσθαι π. πάτρης, π. νηῶν, π. τέκνων, 12.243, 142, 170, etc.; δόλους καὶ μῆτιν ὕφαινον, ὥς τε π. ψυχῆς since it was for my life, Od.9.423 ;

    π. ψυχῆς θέον Ἕκτορος Il.22.161

     ;

    π. ψυχέων ἐμάχοντο Od.22.245

    ; in Prose, τρέχειν π. ἑωυτοῦ, π. τῆς ψυχῆς, Hdt.7.57,9.37;

    ἀγῶνας δραμέονται π. σφέων αὐτῶν Id.8.102

    ;

    νεναυμάχηκε τὴν π. τῶν κρεῶν Ar. Ra. 191

     ; <

    τὸν> π. τοῦ παντὸς δρόμον θέοντες Hdt.8.74

    ; κινδυνεύειν π. τινός ibid., etc.;

    οὐ π. τῶν ἴσων ὁ κίνδυνός ἐστι X.HG7.1.7

    ; and without a Verb,

    π. γῆς ὅρων διαφοραί Th.1.122

    ;

    π. πάντων ἀγαθῶν ὁ ἀγών X.Cyr. 3.3.44

    , cf. S.Aj. 936(lyr.), etc.;

    μάχη π. τινός Pl.Tht. 179d

     ;

    ἐπειγόμενοι π. νίκης Il.23.437

    , cf. 639, Hdt.8.26 ;

    πεῖραν θανάτου π. καὶ ζωᾶς ἀναβάλλεσθαι Pi.N.9.29

     ;

    π. θανάτου φεύγειν Antipho 5.95

     ; but ἐρίσσαι π. μύθων contend about speaking, i. e. who can speak best, Il.15.284 ;

    καὶ ἀθανάτοισιν ἐρίζεσκον π. τόξων Od.8.225

    , cf. 24.515.
    2 with words which denote care or anxiety, about, on account of,

    π. Τρώων.. μερμηρίζειν Il.20.17

    ;

    ἄχος π. τινός Od.21.249

     ;

    φόνου π. βουλεύειν 16.234

     ;

    φροντίζειν π. τινός Hdt.8.36

    , etc.;

    κήδεσθαι π. τ. S.Ph. 621

     ;

    δεδιέναι π. τ. Pl.Prt. 320a

    , etc.;

    ἀπολογεῖσθαι π. τ. X.Cyr.2.2.13

    ; κρίνειν, διαγιγνώσκειν π. τ., Pi.N.5.40, Antipho 5.96; π. τ. ψηφίζεσθαι, διαψηφίζεσθαι, ψῆφον φέρειν, IG12.57.42, X.HG2.3.50, Lycurg.11 ;

    βουλεύεσθαι π. τῆς κοινῆς σωτηρίας Isoc.5.69

     ;

    π. Μεθωναίων IG12.57.49

     ; διανοεῖσθαι, σκοπεῖν π. τινός, Pl.Phdr. 270d, Phd. 65e;

    μαντεύεσθαι π. τ. Hdt.8.36

    , cf. S.Tr.77 ; π. πότου γοῦν ἐστί σοι; so with you it is a question of drink? Ar.Eq.87, cf. Plu.2.43b.
    3 with Verbs of hearing, knowing, speaking, etc., about, concerning,

    π. νόστου ἄκουσα Od.19.270

     ;

    οἶδα γὰρ εὖ π. κείνου 17.563

     ;

    π. πομπῆς μνησόμεθα 7.191

     ;

    π. πατρὸς ἐρέσθαι 1.135

    , 3.77 ; π. τινὸς ἐρέειν, λέγειν, λόγον ποιήσασθαι, etc., Hdt. 1.5, S.OT 707, X.Cyr.1.6.13, etc.;

    λέγειν καὶ ἀκούειν π. ἑκάστου Th.4.22

    , etc.;

    λόγος π. τινός Pl.Prt. 347b

    , etc.;

    ἡ π. τινὸς φήμη Aeschin.1.48

     ; π. τινὸς ἀγγεῖλαι, κηρῦξαι, S.El. 1111, Ant. 193 ; π. τινὸς διελθεῖν, διεξελθεῖν, διηγεῖσθαι, Isoc.9.2, Pl.Plt. 274b, Euthphr.6c, etc.;

    παίζειν π. τινός X.Mem.1.3.8

    ;

    ἐμπειροτέρως ἔχειν π. τινός Aeschin.1.82

    ;

    νόμον γράψαι π. τινός X.HG2.3.52

    , etc.;

    νόμῳ χρῆσθαι π. τινός S.Ant. 214

    .
    4 of impulse or motive rather than object, ἐμαρνάσθην ἔριδος πέρι fought for very enmity, Il.7.301, cf. 16.476, 20.253.
    5 about, in regard to,

    μεμηνυμένος π. τινός Th.6.53

     ;

    οὕτως ἔσχε π. τοῦ πρήγματος τούτου Hdt.1.117

    ;

    τὰ π. τῶν Πλαταιῶν γεγενημένα Th.2.6

    ;

    τὸ π. τούτου γεγονός Plb.1.54.5

     : in Prose freq. without a Verb,

    ἡ π. τῶν Μαντινικῶν πρᾶξις Th.6.88

     ; τὰ π. τινός the circumstances of.., ib.32, 8.14,26, etc. (cf. infr. C. 1.5); οὕτω δὴ καὶ π. τῶν ἀρετῶν (sc. ἔχει) Pl.Men. 72c, cf. R. 534b, 551c, etc.; π. τοῦ καταλειφθῆναι τὸν σῖτον as for reserving the corn, PMich.Zen.28.5 (iii B.C.): without the Art., ἀριθμοῦ πέρι as to number, Hdt.7.102; χρηστηρίων δὲ πέρι .. Id.2.54.
    III before, above, beyond, of superiority, chiefly in [dialect] Ep.,

    π. πάντων ἔμμεναι ἄλλων Il.1.287

    ;

    π. δ' ἄλλων φασὶ γενέσθαι 4.375

    ;

    τετιμῆσθαι π. πάντων 9.38

    ;

    ὃν π. πάσης τῖεν ὁμηλικίης 5.325

     ;

    ὃν.. π. πάντων φίλατο παίδων 20.304

    ;

    π. πάντων ἴδριες ἀνδρῶν Od.7.108

    ;

    κρατερὸς π. πάντων Il.21.566

    , cf. 1.417, Od.11.216: in this sense freq. divided from its gen., π. φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων in understanding to be beyond them, Il.17.171, cf. 1.258, Od.1.66 ;

    π. μὲν εἶδος, π. δ' ἔργα τέτυκτο τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν Il.17.279

     ;

    π. μὲν κρατέεις, π. δ' αἴσυλα ῥέζεις ἀνδρῶν 21.214

     ;

    π. δ' ἔγχει Ἀχαιῶν φέρτατός ἐσσι 7.289

    , cf. Pi.O.6.50, Theoc. 25.119.—In this sense π. is sts. adverbial, and the gen. is absent, v. infr. E. II.
    IV in Hdt. and [dialect] Att. Prose, to denote value, ἡμῖν π. πολλοῦ ἐστι it is of much consequence, worth much, to us, Hdt.1. 120, cf. Antipho 6.3 ; π. πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαί τινας to reckon them for, i.e. worth, much, Hdt.1.73, X.Mem.2.3.10, etc.; π. πλείονος, π. πλείστου ποιεῖσθαι, Id.An.7.7.44, Cyr.7.5.60 ;

    π. πλείστου ἡγεῖσθαι Th.2.89

     ;

    π. παντὸς ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr.1.4.1

     ; π. ἐλάττονος ἡγούμενοι, π. οὐδενὸς ἡγήσασθαι, Lys.2.71,31.31.
    V [dialect] Aeol. περί and περ = ὑπέρ, στροῦθοι περὶ γᾶς.. δίννεντες πτέρα Sapph.1.10; περ κεφάλας prob. in Alc.93, cf. 18 ;

    περρ ἁπαλῶ στύματός σε πεδέρχομαι Theoc.29.25

    ; also Hellenistic, ὃ διέγραψε Προῖτος περί μου paid on my behalf, PCair. Zen.790.23 (iii B. C.), cf. UPZ57.12 (ii B. C.).
    B WITH DATIVE (in [dialect] Att. Prose mostly in signf. 11, esp. in Th.),
    I of Place, round about, around, of close-fitting dresses, armour, etc.,

    ἔνδυνε π. στήθεσσι χιτῶνα Il.10.21

     ;

    χιτῶνα π. χροῒ δῦνεν Od.15.60

     ;

    δύσετο τεύχεα καλὰ π. χροΐ Il.13.241

     ;

    ἕσσαντο π. χροῒ χαλκόν Od.24.467

    ;

    κνημῖδας.. π. κνήμῃσιν ἔθηκε Il.11.17

     ;

    βεβλήκει τελαμῶνα π. στήθεσσι 12.401

     : in Prose,

    π. τῇσι κεφαλῇσι εἶχον τιάρας Hdt.7.61

    ;

    θώρακα π. τοῖς στέρνοις ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.13

    ; οἱ στρεπτοὶ οἱ π. τῇ δέρῃ καὶ τὰ ψέλια π. ταῖς χερσί ib.1.3.2. ;

    π. τῇ χειρὶ δακτύλιον ὄντα Pl.R. 359e

    , etc.;

    χαλκὸς ἔλαμπε π. στήθεσσι Il.13.245

    ;

    χιτῶνα π. στήθεσσι δαΐξαι 2.416

     ;

    πήληξ.. κονάβησε π. κροτάφοισι 15.648

    ; in other relations, π. δ' ἔγχεϊ χεῖρα καμεῖται will grow weary by grasping the spear, 2.389 ;

    δράκων ἑλισσόμενος π. χειῇ 22.95

     ;

    κνίση ἑλισσομένη π. καπνῷ 1.317

    ;

    π. σταχύεσσιν ἐέρση 23.598

    ;

    μάρναντο π. Σκαιῇσι πύλῃσιν 18.453

     : rarely in Trag.,

    π. βρέτει πλεχθείς A.Eu. 259

     (lyr.);

    κεῖται νεκρὸς π. νεκρῷ S.Ant. 1240

    .
    2 in Poets, also, around a weapon, i. e. spitted upon it, transfixed by it,

    π. δουρὶ πεπαρμένη Il.21.577

    ;

    ἐρεικόμενος π. δουρί 13.441

     ;

    κυλινδόμενος π. χαλκῷ 8.86

     ;

    π. δουρὶ ἤσπαιρε 13.570

    ;

    πεπτῶτα π. ξίφει S.Aj. 828

    ;

    αἷμα ἐρωήσει π. δουρί Il.1.303

    .
    3 of a warrior standing over a dead comrade so as to defend him,

    ἀμφὶ δ' ἄρ' αὐτῷ βαῖν', ὥς τις π. πόρτακι μήτηρ 17.4

    ; ἑστήκει, ὥς τίς τε λέων π. οἷσι τέκεσσι ib. 133 ; Αἴας π. Πατρόκλῳ.. βεβήκει ib. 137, cf. 355 ;

    π. σκύμνοισι βεβηκώς Ar.Eq. 1039

    .
    II of an object for or about which one struggles (cf. supr. A. 11.1),

    π. οἷσι μαχειόμενος κτεάτεσσι Od.17.471

     ;

    μαχήσασθαι π. δαιτί 2.245

     ;

    π. παιδὶ μάχης πόνος Il.16.568

     ;

    ἄνδρα π. ᾗ πατρίδι μαρνάμενον Tyrt.10.2

    ;

    π. τοῖς φιλτάτοις κυβεύειν Pl.Prt. 314a

     ;

    π. τῇ Σικελίᾳ ἔσται ὁ ἀγών Th.6.34

     codd.;

    κινδυνεύειν π. αὑτῷ Antipho 5.6

    .
    2 with Verbs denoting care, anxiety, or the opposite (cf. supr. A. 11.2),

    π. γὰρ δίε ποιμένι λαῶν, μή τι πάθοι Il.5.566

     ;

    ἔδεισεν δὲ π. ξανθῷ Μενελάῳ 10.240

    , cf. 11.557;

    δεδιότες π. τῷ χωρίῳ Th.1.60

    , cf. 74, 119, Ar.Eq.27;

    θαρρεῖν π. τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῇ Pl.Phd. 114d

    , cf. Tht. 148c;

    π. πλέγματι γαθεῖ Theoc.1.54

    .
    3 generally, of the cause or occasion, on account of, by reason of, ἀτύζεσθαι π. καπνῷ, v.l. for ὑπὸ καπνοῦ in Il.8.183;

    μὴ π. Μαρδονίῳ πταίσῃ ἡ Ἑλλάς Hdt.9.101

    ;

    π. σφίσιν αὐτοῖς πταῖσαι Th.6.33

     ;

    π. αὑτῷ σφαλῆναι Id.1.69

     : in Poets, π. δείματι for fear, Pi.P.5.58 ; π. τιμᾷ in honour or praise, ib.2.59; π. τάρβει, π. φόβῳ, A.Pers. 696 (lyr.), Ch.35(lyr.);

    π. χάρματι h.Cer. 429

    :—but π. θυμῷ is f.l. in Hdt.3.50.
    C WITH ACCUSATIVE,
    I of Place, prop. of the object round about which motion takes place, π. βόθρον ἐφοίτων came flocking round the pit, Od.11.42 ;

    π. νεκρὸν ἤλασαν ἵππους Il.23.13

     ;

    π. τέρματα ἵπποι τρωχῶσι 22.162

     ; ἄστυ πέρι.. διώκειν ib. 173, 230 ;

    ἐρύσας π. σῆμα 24.16

    , cf. 51, etc.;

    π. φρένας ἤλυθ' ἰωή 10.139

     ;

    π. φρένας ἤλυθε οἶνος Od.9.362

     : also of extension round, ἑστάμεναι π. τοῖχον, π. βωμόν, Il.18.374, Od.13.187, etc.;

    λέξασθαι π. ἄστυ Il.8.519

     ;

    μάρνασθαι π. ἄ. 6.256

    , etc.;

    φυλάσσοντας π. μῆλα 12.303

    ; οἳ π. Πηνειὸν.. ναίεσκον, π. Δωδώνην.. οἰκί' ἔθεντο, 2.757, 750;

    σειρήν κεν π. ῥίον Οὐλύμποιο δησαίμην 8.25

    , cf. Od.18.67: in Prose,

    ἰκριῶσαι π. τὼ ἀγάλματε IG12.371.22

    ;

    φυλακὰς δεῖ π. τὸ στρατόπεδον εἶναι X.An. 5.1.9

    ; π. τὴν κρήνην εὕδειν somewhere near it, Pl.Phdr. 259a, cf. X.Cyr. 1.2.9;

    εἶναι π. τὸν λαγώ Id.Cyn.4.4

    ; π. λίθον πεσών upon it, Ar.Ach. 1180; π. αὑτὰ καταρρεῖν collapse upon themselves, D.2.10;

    ταραχθεῖσαι [αἱ νῆες] π. ἀλλήλας Th.7.23

    ; πλεῦνες π. ἕνα many to one, Hdt.7.103 ; π. τὸν ἄρξαντα.. τὸ ἀδίκημά ἐστι is imputable to him who.., Antipho 4.4.2 : freq. with a Subst. only, ἡ π. Λέσβον ναυμαχία the sea-fight off Lesbos, X.HG2.3.32 ;

    οἱ π. τὴν Ἔφεσον Pl.Tht. 179e

    ;

    στρατηγοὶ π. Πελοπόννησον IG12.324.18

     : strengthd.,

    π. τ' ἀμφί τε τάφρον Il.17.760

    ;

    π. τ' ἀμφί τε κύματα Hes.Th. 848

     ; cf. ἀμφί c. 1.2.
    2 of persons who are about one,

    ἔχειν τινὰ π. αὑτόν X.HG5.3.22

     ; esp. οἱ π. τινά a person's attendants, connexions, associates, or colleagues,

    οἱ π. τὸν Πείσανδρον πρέσβεις Th.8.63

     ; οἱ π. Ἡράκλειτον his school, Pl.Cra. 440c, cf. X.An.1.5.8, etc.; οἱ π. Ἀρχίαν πολέμαρχοι Archias and his colleagues, Id.HG5.4.2, cf. An.2.4.2, etc.; οἱ π. τινά so-and-so and his family, PGrenf.1.21.16 (ii B.C.), etc.; later οἱ π. τινά, periphr. for the person himself, οἱ π. Φαβρίκιον Fabricius, Plu.Pyrrh.20, cf. Tim.13, IGRom.3.883.14 (Tarsus, ii/iii A.D.); cf. ἀμφί C. 1.3.
    3 of the object about which one is occupied or concerned, π. δόρπα πονεῖσθαι, π. δεῖπνον πένεσθαι, Il.24.444, Od.4.624 (but π. τεύχε' ἕπουσι, tmesis for περιέπουσι, Il.15.555); later mostly εἶναι π. τι, Th.7.31, X.HG2.2.4;

    γενέσθαι Isoc.3.12

    ; π. γυναῖκας γενέσθαι Vett. Val.17.20;

    ὄντων ἡμῶν π. ταύτην τὴν πραγματείαν D.48.6

    ;

    διατρῖψαι π. τὴν θήραν X.Cyr.1.2.11

    , etc.: less freq.

    ἔχειν π. τινάς Id.HG7.4.28

    , Gal.15.442; in periphr. phrases, οἱ π. τὴν ποίησιν καὶ τοὺς λόγους ὄντες poets and orators, Isoc.12.35 ;

    οἱ π. τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ὄντες Id.9.8

    ; οἱ π. τὴν μουσικήν ib.4 ; οἱ π. τὰς τελετάς ministers of the mysteries, Pl.Phd. 69c ; ὁ π. τὸν ἵππον the groom, X. Eq.6.3; cf. ἀμφί C. 1.6.
    4 round or about a place, and so in,

    π. νῆσον ἀλώμενοι Od.4.368

    , cf. 90;

    ἐμέμηκον π. σηκούς 9.439

     ; ἃν π. ψυχὰν γάθησεν in his heart, Pi.P.4.122 ;

    χρονίζειν π. Αἴγυπτον Hdt.3.61

    , cf. 7.131;

    εὕροι ἄν τις [βασιλείας] π. τοὺς βαρβάρους Pl.R. 544d

    , etc.; οἱ

    π. Φωκίδα τόποι Plb.5.24.12

    , etc.
    5 about, in the case of, τὰ π. τὴν Αἴγυπτον γεγονότα, τὰ π. Μίλητον γενόμενα, Hdt.3.13, 6.26 ;

    εὐσεβεῖν π. θεούς Pl.Smp. 193a

     ;

    ἀσεβεῖν π. ξένους X.Cyr.5.2.10

     ;

    ἁμαρτάνειν π. τινάς Id.An.3.2.20

    ;

    ἀνήρ ἐστιν ἀγαθὸς π. τὸν δῆμον τὸν Ἀθηναίων IG12.59.10

     ;

    ἄνδρ' ἀγαθὸν ὄντα Μαραθῶνι π. τὴν πόλιν Ar.Ach. 696

     ;

    τοιαύτην γνώμην ἔχειν π. τὸν πατέρα Lys.10.21

     ;

    οὐδεμία συμφορὴ.. ἔσται.. π. οἶκον τὸν σόν Hdt.8.102

     ; ποιέειν or πράττειν τι π. τινά, Id.1.158, Pl.Grg. 507a;

    τὰ π. Πρηξάσπεα πρηχθέντα Hdt.3.76

     ;

    καινοτομεῖν π. τὰ θεῖα Pl. Euthphr.3b

     ;

    π. θεοὺς μὴ σωφρονεῖν X.Mem.1.1.20

     ; σπουδάζειν π. τινά promote his cause, Isoc.1.10: without a Verb,

    αἱ π. τοὺς παῖδας συμφοραί X.Cyr.7.2.20

    ;

    ἡ π. αὑτὸν ἐπιμέλεια Isoc.9.2

    ;

    ἡ π. ἡμᾶς ἡνιόχησις Pl.Phdr. 246b

    : generally, of all relations, about, concerning, in respect of,

    π. μὲν τοὺς ἰχθύας οὕτως ἔχει Hdt.2.93

    , cf. 8.86;

    πονηρὸν π. τὸ σῶμα Pl.Prt. 313d

    ;

    ἀκόλαστος π. ταῦτα Aeschin.1.42

     ; γελοῖος π. τὰς διατριβάς ib.126 ;

    ξυνηνέχθη θόρυβος π. τὸν Ἀστύοχον Th.8.84

    ; as to (cf. A. 11.5),

    π. τὸ παρὸν πάθος Pl.Tht. 179c

    , cf. Phd. 65a : freq. in place of an Adj., ὄργανα ὅσα π. γεωργίαν, i.e. γεωργικά, Id.R. 370d ;

    οἱ νόμοι οἱ π. τοὺς γάμους Id.Cri. 50d

     ;

    αἱ π. τὰ μαθήματα ἡδοναί Id.Phlb. 51e

     ; also in place of a gen., οἱ π. Αυσίαν λόγοι the speeches of L., Id.Phdr. 279a; ἡ π. Φίλιππον τυραννίς the despotism of P., X.HG5.4.2 ;

    ἀκρασίας τῆς π. τὸν θυμόν Arist.EN 1149b19

     : in Prose, to denote circumstances connected with any person or thing, τὰ π. Κῦρον, τὰ π. Ἑλένην, τὰ π. Βάττον, Hdt.1.95, 2.113, 4.154 ; τὰ π. τὸν Ἄθων the works at Mount Athos, Id.7.37; τὰ π. τὰς ναῦς naval affairs, Th.1.13; τὰ π. τὴν ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for τῆς ναυμαχίας ) the events of.., Id.8.63;

    τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον Pl.R. 468a

    ;

    τὰ π. τὸ σῶμα Id.Phdr. 246d

    ;

    τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς X.Cyr.8.1.23

    , etc.; cf. ἀμφί c.1.4.
    II of Time, π. λύχνων ἁφάς about the time of lamp-lighting, Hdt.7.215; π. μέσας νύκτας about midnight, X.An.1.7.1; π. πλήθουσαν ἀγοράν ib.2.1.7; π. ἡλίου δυσμάς ib.6.5.32 ;

    π. τούτους τοὺς χρόνους Th.3.89

    , etc.
    2 of round numbers, π. ἑβδομήκοντα about seventy, Id.1.54;

    π. ἑπτακοσίους X.HG2.4.5

    , etc.
    D Position: π. may follow its Subst., when it suffers anastrophe,

    ἄστυ πέρι Il.22.173

    ;

    ἔριδος πέρι 16.476

    : most freq. with gen.,

    τοῦδε πράγματος πέρι A.Eu. 630

    ;

    τῶνδε βουλεύειν πέρι Id.Th. 248

    , etc. (S. only once uses it before its gen., Aj. 150 (anap.)): in Prose,

    σφέων αὐτῶν πέρι Hdt.8.36

    ;

    σοφίας πέρι Pl.Phlb. 49a

    ;

    δικαίων τε πέρι καὶ ἀδίκων Id.Grg. 455a

    , etc.;

    γραμμάτων εἴπομεν ὡς οὐχ ἱκανῶς ἔχεις πέρι Id.Lg. 809e

    , cf. Ap. 19c.
    E περί abs., as ADV., around, about, also, near, by, freq. in Hom.,

    γέλασσε δὲ πᾶσα π. χθών Il.19.362

    , al.: strengthd.,

    περί τ' ἀμφί τε κάλλος ἄητο

     round about,

    h.Cer.276

    , cf. Call.Hec.1.1.13.
    2 π. does not suffer anastrophe in the [dialect] Ep. phrase π. κῆρι right heartily,

    π. κῆρι φίλησε Il.13.430

    , etc. ( κῆρι φιλεῖν alone, 9.117);

    ἀπέχθωνται π. κῆρι 4.53

    ; π. κῆρι τιέσκετο ib.46, cf. Od.5.36, 7.69;

    π. κῆρι.. ἐχολώθη Il.13.206

    ; also

    π. φρεσὶν ἄσπετος ἀλκή 16.157

    ;

    π. φρεσὶν αἴσιμα ᾔδη Od.14.433

    ;

    ἀλύσσοντες π. θυμῷ Il.22.70

    , cf. Od.14.146;

    π. σθένεϊ Il.17.22

    .
    4 περὶ κάτω bottom upwards,

    δῖνος π. κάτω τετραμμένος Stratt.34

    , cf. Phot.;

    τὴν κόγχην στρέψας π. τὰ κάτω Ael.NA9.34

    .
    F IN COMPOS. all its chief senses recur, esp.
    I extension in all directions as from a centre, all round, as in περιβάλλω, περιβλέπω, περιέχω.
    II completion of an orbit and return to the same point, about, as in περιάγω, περιβαίνω, περίειμι ( εἶμι ibo), περιέρχομαι, περιστρέφω.
    III a going over or beyond, above, before, as in περιβαίνω III, περιβάλλω v, περιγίγνομαι, περιεργάζομαι, περιτοξεύω.
    IV generally, a strengthening of the simple notion, beyond measure, very, exceedingly, as in περικαλλής, περίκηλος, περιδείδω, like Lat. per-.
    V the notion of double-ness which belongs to ἀμφί is found in only one poetic compd., περιδέξιος (q.v.).
    G PROSODY: περί never suffers elision in Il. or Od. (

    περ' ἰγνύσι h.Merc. 152

    ); once in Hes.,

    περίαχε Th. 678

     (cf. Q.S.3.601, 11.382), v. ἰάχω fin.;

    περ' ἰγνύῃσι Theoc.25.242

     ;

    περ' Ἠδάλιον Inscr.Cypr. 135.27

     H.; also in Pi.,

    περάπτων P.3.52

     ;

    περόδοις N.11.40

    ;

    περιδαῖος Fr. 154

     ;

    περ' αὐτᾶς P.4.265

     ;

    ταύτας περ' ἀτλάτου πάθας O.6.38

     : not in Trag. (περεβάλοντο, περεσκήνωσεν are ff. ll. in A.Ag. 1147, Eu. 634); in Com. and codd. of Prose writers only in part. of περίειμι ( εἶμι ibo) (q. v.):—π. stands before a word beginning with a vowel in Com., περὶ Ἀθηνῶν, περὶ ἐμοῦ, Ar.Eq. 1005 sq.:—[dialect] Aeol. περρ metri gr., v. A. 5.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > περί

  • 22 ἐπί

    ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)
    A

    ἐτ IG9(2).517.14

     (iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.
    A WITH GEN.:
    I of Place,
    1 with Verbs of Rest, upon,

    καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536

    ;

    ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12

    ;

    ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700

    ;

    κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345

    : without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα)

    ἐλήλατο 10.153

    ; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356;

    οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455

    ;

    ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447

    ;

    ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31

    ;

    ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58

    ;

    οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528

    ;

    πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56

    , etc.;

    ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170

    ; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support,

    νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416

    ; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190;

    γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705

     (lyr.);

    νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613

    ;

    ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137

     (lyr.);

    οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35

    ;

    τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103

    ; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b;

    τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74

    ;

    ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15

    ; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118;

    οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a

    ; later of towns,

    ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16

     (ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153;

    κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115

    ; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.
    2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21;

    ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141

     (lyr.).
    b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.
    c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom.,

    εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195

    ; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32;

    οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98

    ;

    ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63

    ;

    ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17

    ;

    ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8

    ; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.;

    αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40

    ;

    ἐφ' ἡμῶν αὐτῶν τὸν ἐξετασμὸν ποιεῖσθαι D.18.16

    ; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; also

    αὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10

    ;

    πράττειν Pl.Prt. 326d

    , cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.
    d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11;

    οὐκ ἐπ' ὀλίγων ἀσπίδων στρατιὰν παρατεταγμένην Th.7.79

    ; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line,

    ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90

    ; in X.,

    ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2

    ; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.
    e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of,

    ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8

    ;

    ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36

    ; so, before a magistrate or official,

    ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11

     (i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14;

    γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18

    ;

    τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d

    ;

    πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29

    ; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).
    f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of,

    ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10

    ;

    ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3

    ;

    αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c

    , etc.;

    τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32

    ;

    τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210

    ; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.);

    ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64

    ;

    τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7

    ;

    οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631

    ;

    ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2

    ; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject,

    λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d

    , R. 524e, etc.;

    ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109

    ;

    ἵνα τοὺς ἐπαίνους ἐπ' αὐτῶν κοινοὺς ποιήσωμαι D.60.12

    .
    3 implying Motion:
    a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80;

    ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225

    ;

    τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389

    .
    b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf.

    εἰς A.1.2

    ,

    ἐν A.1.8

    ), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45;

    ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54

    ; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39;

    ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79

     (v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place,

    προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700

    ;

    τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546

     (but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places,

    ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14

    ;

    πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164

    , cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1;

    ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64

    ; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.
    c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7;

    ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14

    ; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;

    ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν

     with a view to..,

    Pl.Prt. 358b

    ; cf. infr. B. 111.2.
    II of Time, in the time of,

    ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637

    ,23.332;

    ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111

    ; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.;

    ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2

    ;

    ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108

    ; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.;

    ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32

    ; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.;

    ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54

    , cf. X.HG5.1.36;

    αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5

    ; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403;

    ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211

     (lyr.);

    ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6

    ; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.
    b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.
    III in various causal senses:
    1 over, of persons in authority,

    ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109

    ; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5;

    ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32

    ;

    οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23

    ;

    ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5

    ; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.
    2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45;

    ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94

    :

    ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107

    ; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; also

    ἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2

    .
    3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183;

    ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e

    ;

    ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c

    ;

    ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54

    ; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17;

    τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180

    ;

    ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14

    , POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.);

    ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90

    ; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).
    4 in respect of,

    ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17

    , cf. EN 1131b18; concerning,

    τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6

     (ii B. C.).
    B WITH DAT.:
    I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):
    1 with Verbs of Rest,

    ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354

    ;

    ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153

    ;

    στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222

    ;

    κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27

    ; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240;

    ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420

    ;

    ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88

    , etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something,

    νηυσὶν ἐπ' ὠκυπόροισιν ἔβαινον 2.351

     (v.l. for ἐν)

    ; ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131

     (but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in,

    ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77

    ;

    τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353

    ;

    ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100

    ;

    ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317

    ; also, at or near,

    ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408

    ;

    ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788

    , etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside,

    ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133

    , etc.;

    ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160

    ;

    ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559

    , etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.
    b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470;

    τοιόνδ' ἐπ' ἀνδρὶ κομπάζεις λόγον A.Ag. 1400

    ; also, over or in honour of,

    ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91

    ; [

    βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776

    ;

    κειράμενοι χαίτας ἐπ' Ἀδώνιδι Bion 1.81

    , cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.
    c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon,

    οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37

    , cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to,

    ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178

    ;

    ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268

    ;

    δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181

    , cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.;

    ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191

    ; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87;

    νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5

    ; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.
    d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120;

    ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644

    ;

    ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404

     (lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).
    e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ'

    ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454

    , cf. 308;

    ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639

    , cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277;

    ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10

    ; so of Numerals,

    τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20

    , cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.;

    γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694

    : with Verbs of eating and drinking, with,

    ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27

    ; νέκταρ

    ποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e

    ; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνον

    ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11

    ;

    παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835

    : metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.
    f. of position, after, behind, of soldiers, X.Cyr.8.3.16-18.
    g. in dependence upon, in the power of,

    τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76

    ; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.;

    ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2

    ;

    ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22

    ; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.;

    τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14

    ; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.
    h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56;

    ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88

    ;

    ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662

     codd.(lyr.).
    i. of condition or circumstances in which one is,

    ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175

    , etc.;

    ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀσφάκτοις μήλοισι E. Ion 228

     (lyr.);

    ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36

    ;

    ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554

    ;

    ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36

    ; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2;

    ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b

    ;

    ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192

     (anap.).
    k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.
    2. with Verbs of Motion:
    a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support,

    ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443

    ;

    θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92

    ;

    καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114

    ; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ.

    ψαμάθοις 23.853

    ;

    ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55

    ; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμας

    βαλεῖν S.Aj.51

    , etc.
    b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ.

    ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499

    ;

    καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36

    ; ἦλθε δ'

    ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251

    , cf. 273;

    νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248

    .
    c. rarely for εἰς c.acc.,

    νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327

    , 11.274.
    d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοι

    Ἀκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91

    ;

    ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97

    ;

    ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358

    ;

    κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293

    ;

    ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214

    , cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινι

    τετάχθαι Th.2.70

    , 3.13;

    ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2

     (Teos, v B.C.).
    II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529;

    ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102

    ; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105;

    ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112

    , 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1;

    ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6

    ;

    ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16

    , PHolm.1.18.
    2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδι

    ἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62

    ; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.;

    ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170

    , τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.;

    τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855

     (lyr.), etc.
    3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc.,

    ἐπὶ Χαιριάδαι Schwyzer665

     A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).
    III. in various causal senses:
    1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection,

    ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87

    ; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122;

    ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61

    ; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνειν

    ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16

    ;

    ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122

    , etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574;

    δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540

    ;

    ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137

    , etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ.

    δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315

     (lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.
    2. of an end or purpose,

    υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154

    , cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44;

    ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68

    ;

    ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164

    ;

    ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151

     (lyr.);

    ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56

    ; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10;

    ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154

    ; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66;

    ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18

    ;

    ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38

    , cf.34, etc.;

    τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6

     (iv B.C.).
    3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.;

    ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114

    ; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20;

    ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126

     (but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry,

    τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16

    ; γῆμαί

    τινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13

    ;

    τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60

    ; on the principle of..,

    ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71

    .
    4. of the price for which..,

    ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304

    , cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .

    ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154

    ; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200;

    ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332

    ;

    ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15

    ; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;

    ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας

     for

    225

    per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed,

    δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27

    ; ἐπ' οἴνου

    κεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18

    ;

    ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3

    ;

    δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1

    , cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.
    5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται..

    ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2

    ;

    ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b

    ; so

    ὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12

    ; ὄνομα καλεῖν

    ἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c

    , cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ.

    ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b

     (v. supr. A. 111.2).
    6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221;

    ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25

    ;

    οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89

    ;

    σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427

    ; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳ

    στρατεύματι Th.6.29

    ;

    ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11

    ;

    οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28

    ; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33;

    οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2

    ;

    ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154

    .
    7. in possession of, possessing,

    ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105

    , cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2;

    ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1

    ;

    ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78

    , cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.);

    ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9

    .
    C. WITH Acc.:
    I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion,

    ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386

    , cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶν

    ὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131

    ;

    προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34

    ; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππων

    ἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265

    ; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43;

    ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442

    ; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218;

    Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212

    ;

    θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54

    ; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.
    b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).
    2. to,

    ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12

    , etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ.

    τεῖχος 12.443

    ;

    ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48

    ;

    ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15

    ;

    ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118

    ; ἐ.

    τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79

    : c.acc. pers.,

    βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18

    , cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest,

    ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d

    ;

    παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34

    , cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.
    b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127;

    ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36

    ;

    ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88

     codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴν

    τράπεζαν D.33.10

    ; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.
    c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]),

    παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181

    ;

    ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27

    ,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλων

    ἤλθομεν Od.23.248

    ; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements,

    πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8

    , An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron.,

    τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12

    ; ὅσσον

    ἔφ' 2.616

    , cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97;

    ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66

    ; ἐ.

    πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265

    ;

    ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18

    ; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατον

    ἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92

    ; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259;

    ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118

    ; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs.,

    ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94

    , 4.181.
    d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e),

    ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156

     (but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79);

    ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18

    .
    e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.;

    ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2

     codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.
    3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22;

    ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57

    , etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v.

    κέρας v11

    ): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.;

    ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34

    ; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.
    4. in hostile sense, against,

    ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101

    ;

    ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590

    ; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.;

    ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495

     (lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσ

    Ἀθηναίους Th.2.90

    ;

    πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153

    ; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.
    5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶτα

    θαλάσσης 2.159

    ;

    ἐ. κύματα 13.27

    ;

    ὁρόων ἐπ' ἀπείρονα πόντον 1.350

    ; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771;

    ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120

    ;

    ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a

    . 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4;

    ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34

    , etc.; freq. to be rendered on,

    δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308

    ; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765;

    ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447

    ; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11;

    ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95

    ;

    ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2

    ; also, among,

    κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213

    , cf. 24.202, 535;

    δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385

    , cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.
    II. of Time, for or during a certain time,

    ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299

    , Od.14.193:

    πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407

    ;

    παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133

    ;

    ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415

    ;

    ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c

    , etc.; ἐπ'

    ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7

    ; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d;

    γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68

    ; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20;

    ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36

    ; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.
    2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιος

    καὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288

    ;

    οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226

    .
    III. in various causal senses:
    1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421;

    ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808

    ;

    ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12

    ; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers.,

    ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149

    , cf. S.OT 555;

    κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418

    ;

    κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23

    : with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83;

    ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12

    ; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394;

    ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439

    ;

    κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e

    , etc.;

    καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107

    ,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ

    τοῦτο Pl.Grg. 447b

    , etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256;

    ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22

    , 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσαν

    ἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79

    , cf. Od.4.434;

    ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691

     (lyr.); χρήσιμος

    ἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31

    : after a Noun,

    ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21

    ; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.
    2. so far as regards,

    τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889

    ;

    ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345

    ; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12;

    τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28

    ; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.;

    ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51

    ; τὸ πρὸς ἅπαν

    ξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82

    ;

    κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181

    ; ἐ.

    μέγα Call.Dian.55

    .
    3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺς

    καθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58

    , cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24;

    ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.

    l.c.;

    ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b

     (cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέται

    οἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90

    .
    4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.
    D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb,

    ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20

    , cf. Il.9.539.
    II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ.

    γῆς Od.12.27

    , cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).
    E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπας

    ἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443

    ; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.;

    πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182

     (lyr.).
    II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴ

    ἐπέων 11.367

    ;

    ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393

     codd. (lyr.).
    F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v.

    ἐπέχω v11

    ). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).
    G. IN COMPOSITION:
    I. of Place, denoting,
    1. Support or Rest upon, ἔπειμι (A), ἐπίκειμαι, ἐπικαθίζω, ἐπαυχένιος, ἐπιβώμιος, etc.
    2. Motion,
    a. upon or over, ἐπιβαίνω, ἐπιτρέχω.
    b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.
    c. against,

    ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11

    , ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.
    e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.
    f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.
    g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.
    3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω,

    ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1

    , ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.
    4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.
    5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.
    6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.
    II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι,

    ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2

    .
    III. in causal senses:
    1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.
    2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.
    3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.
    4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπί

  • 23 action

    noun
    1) (doing something) Handeln, das

    take action — Schritte od. etwas unternehmen

    put a plan into action — einen Plan in die Tat umsetzen

    be/be put out of action — außer Betrieb sein/gesetzt werden

    2) (effect)
    3) (act) Tat, die
    4) (Theatre) Handlung, die; Geschehen, das

    where the action is — (coll.) wo was los ist (ugs.)

    5) (legal process) [Gerichts]verfahren, das

    bring an action against somebody — eine Klage od. ein Verfahren gegen jemanden anstrengen

    6) (fighting) Gefecht, das; Kampf, der

    he died in action — er ist [im Kampf] gefallen

    7) (movement) Bewegung, die
    * * *
    ['ækʃən]
    1) (something done: Action, not talking, is necessary if we are to defeat the enemy; Take action immediately; The firemen are ready to go into action.) das Handeln
    2) (movement: Tennis needs a good wrist action.) die Bewegung
    3) (a legal case: He brought an action for divorce against his wife.) Klage
    4) (the events (of a play, film etc): The action of the play takes place on an island.) die Handlung
    5) (a battle; fighting: He was killed in action; Our troops fought an action against the enemy.) das Gefecht
    •
    - academic.ru/116764/in_action">in action
    - out of action
    * * *
    ac·tion
    [ˈækʃən]
    n
    1. no pl (activeness) Handeln nt; (proceeding) Vorgehen nt; (measures) Maßnahmen pl
    what we need is \action wir brauchen Taten
    we need firm \action wir müssen entschlossen vorgehen
    only decisive \action will stop the crisis from escalating nur ein entschlossenes Vorgehen wird eine Eskalation der Krise verhindern
    so, what's the plan of \action? wie sieht also der Plan aus?
    come on lazy things, let's see some \action [around here]! ( fam) auf, ihr Faulpelze, legt euch ins Zeug! fam
    what [kind of] \action is necessary to reduce unemployment? wie kann man die Arbeitslosigkeit senken?
    course of \action Vorgehensweise f
    could you tell me what the best course of \action is? wie soll ich Ihrer Meinung nach am besten vorgehen?
    freedom of \action Handlungsfreiheit f
    a man/woman of \action ein Mann/eine Frau der Tat
    prompt \action promptes Handeln
    to be out of \action außer Gefecht sein
    \action to combat/increase/promote sth Maßnahmen pl zur Bekämpfung/Erhöhung/Förderung einer S. gen
    to come into \action in die Tat umgesetzt werden
    to go [or spring] into \action in Aktion treten
    to prod [or spur] sb into \action jdn dazu bringen, etwas zu tun
    to put sth into \action etw in die Tat umsetzen
    to put sb out of \action jdn außer Gefecht setzen
    to take \action handeln, etwas unternehmen
    no \action was taken es wurde nichts unternommen
    we must take \action to deal with the problem wir müssen etwas unternehmen, um mit dem Problem fertig zu werden
    in \action in Aktion
    2. (act) Handlung f, Tat f
    you're responsible for your own \actions now du bist jetzt selbst für das, was du tust, verantwortlich
    your \action in releasing the caged animals was highly irresponsible es war höchst unverantwortlich von Ihnen, die eingesperrten Tiere freizulassen
    3. no pl (plot)
    the [main] \action die [Haupt]handlung
    4. no pl FILM Action f fam
    lights, camera, \action! Beleuchtung, Kamera und Action!
    his films have a lot of \action and not much dialogue seine Filme sind voller Action und arm an Dialogen
    5. no pl (combat) Einsatz m
    to be missing in \action vermisst sein
    to be in \action im Einsatz sein
    to be destroyed by enemy \action durch Feindeinwirkung zerstört werden
    to go into \action ins Gefecht ziehen
    to be killed in \action fallen
    to see \action im Einsatz sein
    6. (battle) Gefecht nt, Kampf m
    ▪ the \action (excitement) das Geschehen; (fun also) die Action fam
    let's go where the \action is lass uns hingehen, wo was los ist fam
    to get a piece of the \action ( fam) mitmischen fam
    8. (movement) Bewegung f
    I'll say the words and you can mime the \actions ich spreche den Text und du kannst die Bewegungen dazu machen
    9. no pl (effect) Wirkung f
    the fibres are broken down by chemical \action die Fasern werden durch chemische Vorgänge zersetzt
    10. no pl (function) Arbeitsweise f, Funktionsweise f
    to be out of \action außer Betrieb sein
    to go [or spring] into \action in Gang kommen
    to put sth out of \action etw außer Betrieb setzen
    in \action in Betrieb
    11. no pl (mechanism) Mechanismus m
    12. (coordination) Bewegungsablauf m
    he's got a very awkward bowling \action er verfügt über einen eigenartigen Wurfstil
    13. LAW Prozess m, Klage f
    class \action Gruppenklage f
    court \action Prozess m
    \actions ex contractu/delicto Ansprüche pl aus Vertrag/Delikt als Klagegrund fachspr
    \action for damages Schadenersatzklage f
    \action for libel, libel \action Verleumdungsklage f
    \action in personam/rem obligatorische/dingliche Klage fachspr
    \action in tort Schadenersatzklage f
    to bring an \action [for sth] against sb gegen jdn Klage [wegen einer S. gen] erheben, jdn [wegen einer S. gen] verklagen
    to bring an \action for damages against sb jdn auf Schadenersatz verklagen
    14. no pl (strike) Streik m
    to take [industrial] \action streiken
    15.
    ▶ \actions speak louder than words ( prov) Taten sagen mehr als Worte prov
    ▶ to want a piece [or slice] of the \action ( fam) ein Stück vom Kuchen abhaben wollen fig
    ▶ the wheels of bureaucracy creaked into \action esp BRIT ( hum) die Mühlen der Bürokratie setzten sich langsam in Bewegung
    * * *
    ['kSən]
    n
    1) no pl (= activity) Handeln nt; (of play, novel etc) Handlung f

    to take action — etwas or Schritte unternehmen

    "action" (on office tray) — "zur Bearbeitung"

    no further action — keine weiteren Maßnahmen; (label on file etc) abgeschlossen

    the action of the play/novel takes place... — das Stück/der Roman spielt...

    action! (Film) — Achtung, Aufnahme!

    2) (= deed) Tat f

    his first action was to phone me to suit the action to the word — als Erstes rief er mich an dem Wort die Tat folgen lassen, sein Wort in die Tat umsetzen

    3)

    (= motion, operation) in/out of action — in/nicht in Aktion; machine in/außer Betrieb

    he's been out of action since he broke his leg — er ist nicht mehr in Aktion gewesen or war nicht mehr einsatzfähig, seit er sich das Bein gebrochen hat

    he needs prodding into action — man muss ihm immer erst einen Stoß geben

    4) (= exciting events) Action f (sl)

    there's no action in this film — in dem Film passiert nichts, dem Film fehlt die Action (inf)

    to go where the action is (inf) — hingehen, wo was los ist (inf)

    that's where the action is (inf) — da ist was los (inf)

    5) (MIL) (= fighting) Aktionen pl; (= battle) Kampf m, Gefecht nt
    6) (= way of operating) (of machine) Arbeitsweise f; (of piano etc) Mechanik f; (of watch, gun) Mechanismus m; (= way of moving) (of athlete etc) Bewegung f; (of horse) Aktion f
    7) (ESP CHEM, PHYS: effect) Wirkung f (on auf +acc)
    8) (JUR) Klage f

    a piece or slice of the action — ein Stück nt aus dem Kuchen (sl)

    * * *
    action [ˈækʃn] s
    1. a) Handeln, Handlung f, Maßnahme(n) f(pl), Tat f, Aktion f:
    man of action Mann m der Tat;
    bring into action ins Spiel bringen, einsetzen;
    call into action auf den Plan rufen;
    come into action in Aktion treten;
    put into action in die Tat umsetzen;
    see sb in action jemanden in Aktion sehen;
    actions speak louder than words Taten zählen mehr als Worte;
    take action Maßnahmen treffen, Schritte unternehmen, handeln;
    we must take action before it is too late wir müssen etwas unternehmen, bevor es zu spät ist;
    the police took no action die Polizei griff nicht ein;
    take action against vorgehen gegen ( → 12);
    course of action Handlungs-, Vorgehensweise f;
    for further action zur weiteren Veranlassung
    b) Handlung f, engS. Action f:
    there is no action in this play in diesem Stück tut sich oder passiert nichts;
    where the action is sl wo sich alles abspielt; wo was los ist; if you are interested in good food, Paris is where the action is musst du unbedingt nach Paris fahren
    2. auch PHYSIOL, TECH Tätigkeit f, Funktion f, Gang m (einer Maschine), Funktionieren n (eines Mechanismus):
    action of the heart Herztätigkeit, -funktion;
    in action TECH in Betrieb, im Einsatz;
    put in action in Gang oder in Betrieb setzen;
    be out of action außer Betrieb sein ( → 13);
    put out of action außer Betrieb setzen ( → 13)
    3. a) TECH Mechanismus m, Werk n
    b) Arbeitsweise f
    4. auch CHEM, PHYS, TECH
    a) (Ein)Wirkung f, Wirksamkeit f, Einfluss m:
    the action of this acid on metal die Einwirkung dieser Säure auf Metall;
    action of presence Kontaktwirkung
    b) Vorgang m, Prozess m
    5. Handlung f (eines Dramas etc):
    the action of the play takes place in das Stück spielt in (dat);
    the action takes place in London Ort der Handlung ist London
    6. KUNST
    a) Bewegung f, Aktion f:
    action painting Action-painting n, -Malerei f;
    action theater (bes Br theatre) Aktionstheater n
    b) Stellung f, Haltung f (einer Figur auf einem Bild)
    7. Bewegung f, Gangart f (eines Pferdes)
    8. Vortrag(sweise) m(f), Ausdruck m (eines Schauspielers)
    9. fig Benehmen n, Führung f, Haltung f
    10. SOZIOL Umwelteinflüsse pl
    11. WIRTSCH Preisbewegung f, Konjunktur(verlauf) f(m)
    12. JUR Klage f, Prozess m, (Rechts-, Gerichts)Verfahren n:
    action for annulment Nichtigkeitsklage;
    action for damages Schadenersatzklage;
    (right of) action Klagebefugnis f, Aktivlegitimation f;
    bring ( oder file, institute) an action against sb, take action against sb jemanden verklagen, gegen jemanden Klage erheben oder ein Gerichtsverfahren einleiten ( → 1); → debt 2, detinue, trespass B 5, trover 2
    13. MIL Gefecht n, Gefechts-, Kampfhandlung f, Unternehmen n, Einsatz m:
    killed (missing, wounded) in action gefallen (vermisst, verwundet);
    go into action eingreifen;
    be out of action außer Gefecht sein (a. fig)( → 2);
    put out of action außer Gefecht setzen (a. fig), kampfunfähig machen, niederkämpfen ( → 2);
    he saw action er war im Einsatz oder an der Front
    14. POL etc US
    a) Beschluss m, Entscheidung f
    b) Maßnahme(n) f(pl)
    15. MUS, TECH
    a) (Spiel)Mechanik f
    b) Traktur f (der Orgel)
    16. get a piece of the action bes US umg ein Stück vom Kuchen abbekommen
    * * *
    noun
    1) (doing something) Handeln, das

    take action — Schritte od. etwas unternehmen

    be/be put out of action — außer Betrieb sein/gesetzt werden

    3) (act) Tat, die
    4) (Theatre) Handlung, die; Geschehen, das

    where the action is — (coll.) wo was los ist (ugs.)

    5) (legal process) [Gerichts]verfahren, das

    bring an action against somebody — eine Klage od. ein Verfahren gegen jemanden anstrengen

    6) (fighting) Gefecht, das; Kampf, der

    he died in action — er ist [im Kampf] gefallen

    7) (movement) Bewegung, die
    * * *
    n.
    Akt -e m.
    Aktion -en f.
    Arbeitsgang m.
    Gang ¨-e m.
    Handlung -en f.
    Prozess -e m.
    Tat -en f.
    Wirkung -en f.

    English-german dictionary > action

  • 24 live

    I 1. [lɪv]

    to live a peaceful, healthier life — vivere una vita tranquilla, più sana

    2.
    1) (dwell) [ animal] vivere; [ person] vivere, abitare; (in permanent dwelling) abitare

    they live at number 7 — vivono o abitano al numero 7

    to live together, alone — vivere o abitare insieme, da solo

    to live in — vivere o abitare in [house, apartment]

    to live in luxury, in the computer age vivere nel lusso, nell'era informatica; to live for vivere per [ family]; to live through sth. passare attraverso o vivere [ experience]; they lived happily ever after — (in story) vissero felici e contenti

    3) (remain alive) vivere; (survive) sopravvivere

    as long as I live... — finché vivrò...

    I'll live! — scherz. sopravviverò!

    4) (subsist) vivere

    to live on o off nutrirsi solo di [ fruit]; vivere di [ charity]; vivere di o con [ wage]; to live off sb. vivere a spese o alle spalle di qcn.; to live on junk food — mangiare solo schifezze

    to live with — accettare [situation, fact]; sopportare [ noise]

    to live with oneself — vivere in pace con se stessi, non pensarci

    come on! live a little! — su, lasciati andare!

    you haven't lived until you've been to... — non puoi dire di aver vissuto finché non sei andato a

    •
    ••

    to live it up — colloq. spassarsela, darsi alla bella vita

    II 1. [laɪv]
    1) (not dead) [person, animal] vivo

    real live — in carne e ossa, vivo e parlante

    2) rad. telev. (not recorded) [ broadcast] in diretta; [concert, performance] dal vivo, live
    3) el. sotto tensione
    4) (burning) [ coal] ardente; [ match] acceso
    5) (capable of exploding) [ gun] carico; (unexploded) [ bomb] inesploso
    2.
    avverbio rad. telev. [ broadcast] in diretta; [ play] dal vivo
    * * *
    I 1. [liv] verb
    1) (to have life; to be alive: This poison is dangerous to everything that lives.)
    2) (to survive: The doctors say he is very ill, but they think he will live; It was difficult to believe that she had lived through such an experience.)
    3) (to have one's home or dwelling (in a particular place): She lives next to the church; They went to live in Bristol / in a huge house.)
    4) (to pass (one's life): He lived a life of luxury; She lives in fear of being attacked.)
    5) ((with by) to make enough money etc to feed and house oneself: He lives by fishing.)
    •
    - - lived
    - living 2. noun
    (the money etc needed to feed and house oneself and keep oneself alive: He earns his living driving a taxi; She makes a good living as an author.) il vivere
    - live-in
    - live and let live
    - live down
    - live in
    - out
    - live on
    - live up to
    - within living memory
    - in living memory     II 1. adjective
    1) (having life; not dead: a live mouse.)
    2) ((of a radio or television broadcast etc) heard or seen as the event takes place; not recorded: I watched a live performance of my favourite opera on television; Was the performance live or recorded?)
    3) (full of energy, and capable of becoming active: a live bomb)
    4) (burning: a live coal.)
    2. adverb
    ((of a radio or television broadcast etc) as the event takes place: The competition will be broadcast live.)
    - liveliness
    - livestock
    - live wire
    * * *
    I 1. [lɪv]

    to live a peaceful, healthier life — vivere una vita tranquilla, più sana

    2.
    1) (dwell) [ animal] vivere; [ person] vivere, abitare; (in permanent dwelling) abitare

    they live at number 7 — vivono o abitano al numero 7

    to live together, alone — vivere o abitare insieme, da solo

    to live in — vivere o abitare in [house, apartment]

    to live in luxury, in the computer age vivere nel lusso, nell'era informatica; to live for vivere per [ family]; to live through sth. passare attraverso o vivere [ experience]; they lived happily ever after — (in story) vissero felici e contenti

    3) (remain alive) vivere; (survive) sopravvivere

    as long as I live... — finché vivrò...

    I'll live! — scherz. sopravviverò!

    4) (subsist) vivere

    to live on o off nutrirsi solo di [ fruit]; vivere di [ charity]; vivere di o con [ wage]; to live off sb. vivere a spese o alle spalle di qcn.; to live on junk food — mangiare solo schifezze

    to live with — accettare [situation, fact]; sopportare [ noise]

    to live with oneself — vivere in pace con se stessi, non pensarci

    come on! live a little! — su, lasciati andare!

    you haven't lived until you've been to... — non puoi dire di aver vissuto finché non sei andato a

    •
    ••

    to live it up — colloq. spassarsela, darsi alla bella vita

    II 1. [laɪv]
    1) (not dead) [person, animal] vivo

    real live — in carne e ossa, vivo e parlante

    2) rad. telev. (not recorded) [ broadcast] in diretta; [concert, performance] dal vivo, live
    3) el. sotto tensione
    4) (burning) [ coal] ardente; [ match] acceso
    5) (capable of exploding) [ gun] carico; (unexploded) [ bomb] inesploso
    2.
    avverbio rad. telev. [ broadcast] in diretta; [ play] dal vivo

    English-Italian dictionary > live

  • 25 rey

    m.
    1 king.
    los Reyes the King and Queen
    hablando del rey de Roma talk o speak of the devil
    (Día de) Reyes Epiphany
    los Reyes Católicos (6 January, day on which children receive presents) the Spanish Catholic monarchs Ferdinand V and Isabella
    los Reyes Magos the Three Kings, the Three Wise Men
    ¿qué les vas a pedir a los Reyes (Magos)? ? what are you going to ask Father Christmas for?
    el rey de la selva the king of the jungle
    2 Rey.
    * * *
    1 king
    \
    a rey muerto, rey puesto off with the old, on with the new
    (día de) Reyes Epiphany
    el Rey Sol the Sun King
    los Reyes Católicos the Catholic Monarchs
    * * *
    noun m.
    * * *
    1. SM
    1) (=monarca) king
    - hablando del rey de Roma por la puerta asoma

    rey de armas — ( Hist) king of arms

    2) pl Reyes (=fecha) Epiphany

    los Reyes Magos — the Magi, the Three Kings, the Three Wise Men

    ¿qué te han traído los Reyes? — ≈ what did Father Christmas bring you?

    3) [en ajedrez, naipes] king
    4) [uso apelativo] pet *

    anda, rey, cómetelo todo — come on, pet, eat it all up *

    2.
    ADJ INV
    DÍA DE REYES In the Spanish-speaking world, los Reyes or El Día de Reyes is the day when people traditionally receive presents for the Christmas season. When they go to bed on January 5, children leave their shoes outside their bedroom doors or by their windows in the expectation that the Reyes Magos (Wise Men) will leave presents beside them. They may already have written letters to SS.MM. los Reyes Magos de Oriente with a list of what they would like. For Reyes it is traditional to eat Roscón de Reyes, a ring-shaped cake studded with frosted fruits and containing a little trinket or coin.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( monarca) king

    hablando del rey de Roma... — (fr hecha) talk of the devil!

    a rey muerto, rey puesto — no sooner has one gone than another comes along o comes to take their place

    b) (en ajedrez, naipes) king
    c) ( como apelativo) pet (colloq), precious (colloq)
    2)
    a) Reyes masculino Epiphany, January 6th
    b) los Reyes masculino plural: tb

    Los Reyes Magos — the Three Wise Men, The Three Kings

    •• Cultural note:
    The cabalgata de los Reyes Magos takes place in Spain on January 5, the day before Epiphany ( día de Reyes). It is a parade of floats symbolizing the coming of the Three Wise Men to Bethlehem. In Spain and some Latin American countries, Epiphany is the day when gifts are exchanged
    * * *
    = king.
    Ex. If only every chair could be a throne and hold a king or a queen.
    ----
    * a cuerpo de rey = the lap of luxury.
    * día de los Reyes Magos, el = Epiphany, the.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = in the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the country of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the kingdom of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = be a case of the blind leading the blind.
    * nombrar rey = enthrone.
    * vivir a cuerpo de rey = live like + a king, live in + the lap of luxury.
    * vivir como un rey = live like + a king.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( monarca) king

    hablando del rey de Roma... — (fr hecha) talk of the devil!

    a rey muerto, rey puesto — no sooner has one gone than another comes along o comes to take their place

    b) (en ajedrez, naipes) king
    c) ( como apelativo) pet (colloq), precious (colloq)
    2)
    a) Reyes masculino Epiphany, January 6th
    b) los Reyes masculino plural: tb

    Los Reyes Magos — the Three Wise Men, The Three Kings

    •• Cultural note:
    The cabalgata de los Reyes Magos takes place in Spain on January 5, the day before Epiphany ( día de Reyes). It is a parade of floats symbolizing the coming of the Three Wise Men to Bethlehem. In Spain and some Latin American countries, Epiphany is the day when gifts are exchanged
    * * *
    = king.

    Ex: If only every chair could be a throne and hold a king or a queen.

    * a cuerpo de rey = the lap of luxury.
    * día de los Reyes Magos, el = Epiphany, the.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = in the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the country of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the kingdom of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = be a case of the blind leading the blind.
    * nombrar rey = enthrone.
    * vivir a cuerpo de rey = live like + a king, live in + the lap of luxury.
    * vivir como un rey = live like + a king.

    * * *
    Reyes Magos (↑ rey a1)
    A
    1 (monarca) king
    la visita oficial de los Reyes de Suecia the official visit of the King and Queen of Sweden
    los Reyes y sus hijos the royal couple and their children
    el león, rey de la selva the lion, king of the jungle
    hablando del rey de Roma … ( fr hecha); talk of the devil!
    a rey muerto, rey puesto: ya tiene otro novio, a rey muerto, rey puesto she already has another boyfriend, as soon as one goes out the window another comes in the door o as soon as one's off the scene she's on to the next ( colloq)
    yo ni quito ni pongo rey it's nothing to do with me o I have no say in these things
    3 (como apelativo) pet ( colloq), precious ( colloq)
    ven aquí rey mío come here, my pet o my precious ( colloq)
    Compuesto:
    mpl:
    B
    1
    Reyes masculine Epiphany, January 6th
    2
    los Reyes mpl tb Los Reyes Magos the Three Wise Men, The Three Kings, the Magi ( frml)
    * * *

     

    rey sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) ( monarca) king;


    los Rreyes y sus hijos the royal couple and their children
    b) (en ajedrez, naipes) king

    c) ( como apelativo) pet (colloq), precious (colloq)

    2

    Los Rreyes Magos the Three Wise Men, The Three Kings
    rey sustantivo masculino
    1 king
    2 (mago, genio) es el rey de rock, he's the king of rock
    3 Rel (el día de) Reyes, Epiphany o Twelfth Night o 6 January
    los Reyes Magos, the (Three) Wise Men
    Recuerda que el plural, kings, se refiere solo al sexo masculino. Los reyes de España, es decir, el rey y la reina, se traduce por the king and queen of Spain.
    Observa cómo se lee un nombre acompañado de un número: Elizabeth II, Elizabeth the Second; Henry VIII, Henry the Eighth.
    ' rey' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abdicar
    - coronación
    - cuerpo
    - incógnito
    - injuria
    - juramentar
    - misma
    - mismo
    - reina
    - suceder
    - coronar
    - corte
    - cortejo
    - de
    - destronar
    - disponer
    - fiel
    - infante
    - interceder
    - majestad
    - representación
    - séquito
    - vivir
    English:
    appear
    - ascend
    - bear
    - court
    - do
    - entertain
    - exile
    - fit
    - forget
    - inflict
    - king
    - queen
    - live
    - stalemate
    * * *
    rey nm
    1. [monarca] king;
    los Reyes the King and Queen;
    el rey de la selva the king of the jungle;
    hablando del rey de Roma talk o speak of the devil
    los Reyes Católicos = the Spanish Catholic monarchs Ferdinand V and Isabella;
    los Reyes Magos the Three Kings, the Three Wise Men;
    ¿qué les vas a pedir a los Reyes (Magos)? ≈ what are you going to ask Santa Claus for?;
    rey de la montaña [en ciclismo] king of the mountains;
    Hist el Rey Sol the Sun King; CAm, Méx rey de los zopilotes [ave] king vulture
    2.
    (Día de) Reyes Epiphany [6 January, day on which children receive presents]
    3. [en ajedrez] king
    4. [en naipes] king
    5. [apelativo] love, darling
    * * *
    m king;
    los reyes the king and queen;
    no quitar ni poner rey fig have no say
    * * *
    rey nm
    : king
    * * *
    rey n king
    Reyes Epiphany / January 6th
    El día de Reyes no se celebra en los países anglosajones. Los regalos se dan el día de Navidad
    ¿qué te han traído los Reyes? what did Father Christmas bring you?
    Reyes Magos Three Wise Men / Three Kings

    Spanish-English dictionary > rey

  • 26 apud

    ăpŭd ( apud down to the time of Caesar, Corp. Inscr. I. 30; I. 196; and after 45 B. C. both apud, Inscr. Orell. 206; 818, and aput, ib. 206; 15; 34; another form of apud was apor, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull. apud, Ritschl, Rib. in Trag. et Com. Rel., Mull. in Lucil., and Dietsch in Sall.; aput, Lachm., Fleck. in Plaut.; both apud and aput, Mull. in Cat. and Rib. in Verg.) [Corssen once regarded apud as connected with apisci, as juxta with jungo, Ausspr. I. p. 335, 1st ed., but afterwards, ib. 2d ed. I. p. 197, he adopted Pott's view, that it was comp. of Sanscr. api, = to, toward, near (Gr. epi), and ad, old form ar, which view the form apor favors, and thus its strict meaning would be on to, unto; v. infra, IV.]; prep. gov. acc., with, at, by, near (regularly with words denoting rest, and primarily of persons, while ad properly designates only direction, motion, extension, etc., and is chiefly used of places; the diff. between apud and penes is given in Paul. ex Fest. p. 22 Mull.: apud et penes in hoc differunt, quod alterum personam cum loco significat, alterum personam et dominium ac potestatem; v. penes, and cf. Nep. Them. 7, 2: ad ephoros Lacedaemoniorum accessit, penes quos summum imperium erat, atque apud eos (v. infra, I. B. 2. a.) contendit, etc.; and for the difference between ad and apud, cf. Lucil. 9, 58 sq. Mull.: apud se longe alid est, neque idem valet ad se: Intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se; syn.: ad, prope, coram, inter, in with abl.; rare in early Lat.; very freq. in Plaut., less freq. in Ter., seven times in Verg., five times in Juv., three times in Catull., twice in Ov, and once in Hor. and Prop.; never in Tib. or Pers.; very freq. in Cic., the historians, and the Vulg.).
    I.
    A.. In designating nearness in respect of persons, with, near: apud ipsum adstas, Att. ap. Non. p. 522, 25:

    adsum apud te, genitor,

    id. ib. p. 522, 32:

    alteram (partem) apud me adponito,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 60:

    nunc hic apud te servio,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 62:

    scriptorum non magnast copia apud me,

    Cat. 68, 33 Mull.:

    mane apud me,

    Vulg. Gen. 29, 19:

    Advocatum habemus apud Patrem,

    ib. 1 Joan. 2, 1:

    cum in lecto Crassus esset et apud eum Sulpicius sederet,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 3, 12; so id. Pis. 26, and id. Rep. 3, 28.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    a.. With a pron. or subst., apud me, te, se, aliquem, etc., with me, in my house, etc., in one's house, at the house of a person; Fr. chez moi, chez vous, chez soi, etc.:

    Quis heri apud te? Naev., Com. Rel. p. 9 Rib.: dico eum esse apud me,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 2, 15; 4, 2, 73:

    hic apud me hortum confodere jussi,

    id. Aul. 2, 2, 66:

    si commodumst, apud me, sis, volo,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 110:

    condixerant cenam apud me, Turp., Com. Rel. p. 108 Rib.: quid nunc virgo? Nempe apud test?

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 159:

    Quid sibi volunt homines isti apud te?

    Vulg. Num. 22, 9; ib. Matt. 26, 18:

    cenabis bene apud me,

    Cat. 13, 1:

    apud me habitavit,

    Cic. Clu. 33; id. Verr. 4, 111; 5, 77:

    apud te cenavit,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 58; id. Verr. 4, 49; id. Cael. 26; id. Deiot. 32:

    in curia posita potius quam rure apud te, Titin., Com. Rel. p. 142 Rib.: mane apud me etiam hodie,

    Vulg. Jud. 19, 9:

    tenet intus apud se,

    Lucil. 9, 59 Mull.:

    Pompeius petiit, ut secum et apud se essem cotidie,

    Cic. Att. 5, 6:

    apud se fecit manere,

    Vulg. Jud. 19, 7; ib. Luc. 11, 37:

    de gladiis, quae apud ipsum erant deprehensa,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 10:

    Cum postridie apud eundem ventum exspectans manerem,

    id. Phil. 1, 8:

    mansit apud eum quattuor mensibus,

    Vulg. Jud. 19, 2; ib. Act. 28, 14:

    apud quem deversatus es,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 37: apud nympham Calypsonem, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 685 (cf. Hom. Od. 4, 557: Numphês en megaroisi Kalupsous):

    habitasti apud Heium Messanae,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 18; id. Cael. 51:

    Fuisti apud Laecam illa nocte,

    id. Cat. 1, 4, 9; id. de Or. 1, 22, 104; id. Att. 1, 8:

    apud Ostorium Scapulam epulatur,

    Tac. A. 14, 48:

    apud Cornelium Primum juxta Velabrum delituit,

    id. H. 3, 74; 1, 14:

    Factum est, ut moraretur apud Simonem quendam,

    Vulg. Act. 9, 43:

    invenient hominem apud sororem tuam occultantem se,

    Cic. Dom. 83:

    qui apud te esset eductus,

    id. Quinct. 69:

    apud quem erat educatus,

    id. Lael. 20, 75:

    cum alter ejus filius apud matrem educaretur,

    id. Clu. 27:

    disciplina C. Cassii, apud quem educatus erat,

    Tac. A. 15, 52:

    se apud Q. Mucium jus civile didicisse,

    id. Or. 30:

    apud eosdem magistratus institutus,

    Suet. Calig. 24:

    servorum manus tamquam apud senem festinantes,

    Tac. H. 1, 7:

    in convivio apud regem,

    id. A. 2, 57: Bene vale;

    apud Orcum te videbo,

    in the abode of Orcus, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 16:

    sacrificasse apud deos, i. e. in templis deorum,

    Tac. A. 11, 27:

    frater apud Othonem militans,

    in the army of Otho, id. H. 2, 26; so,

    nec solum apud Caecinam (cognoscebatur id damnum composuisse),

    id. ib. 2, 27:

    quorum sint legati apud se,

    in his camp, Caes. B. G. 4, 8; cf.:

    Quos cum apud se in castris Ariovistus conspexisset,

    id. ib. 1, 47:

    dici hoc potest, Apud portitores eas (litteras) resignatas sibi,

    at the custom-house, Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 64; 3, 3, 80:

    Quantillum argenti mihi apud trapezitam siet,

    at the banker's, id. Capt. 1, 2, 90:

    duo genera materiarum apud rhetoras tractantur, i. e. in scholis rhetorum, as he says just before,

    Tac. Or. 35.—Apud me etc. is sometimes added to domi or in aedibus, or interchanges with domi: Me. Ubi namst, quaeso? Ch. Apud me domi, Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 21:

    a me insidias apud me domi positas esse dixerunt,

    Cic. Sest. 41:

    domi esse apud sese archipiratas dixit duos,

    id. Verr. 5, 73; so Vulg. Gen. 27, 15:

    quae (signa) cognovi apud istum in aedibus,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 50:

    esse illa signa domi suae, non esse apud Verrem,

    id. ib. 4, 16:

    nihil apud hanc lautum, pistor domi nullus,

    id. Pis. 67; id. Clu. 165.—Hence,
    b.
    Trop.: apud se esse, to be at home, i. e. to be in one's senses, be one's self, be sane (only in conversational lang.; most freq. in Ter.; cf. Gr. en heautôi einai, Ar. Vesp. 642; opp. vecors, amens esse, to be out of one's wits, beside one's self; so Gr. phrenôn exestanai, Eur. Or. 1021):

    Sumne ego apud me?

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 36:

    Non sum apud me,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 26, and Afran., Com. Rel, p. 170 Rib.:

    Prae iracundia, Menedeme, non sum apud me,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 48:

    Vix sum apud me: ita animus commotust metu, spe, gaudio,

    id. And. 5, 4, 34:

    Num tibi videtur esse apud sese?

    id. Hec. 4, 4, 85 (quasi ob amorem meretricis insanus, Don.):

    proin tu fac, apud te ut sies,

    id. And. 2, 4, 5 (= ut praeparatus sis, Don.); Petr. 129.—
    2.
    In respect of persons, in whose presence or before whom any thing is done or takes place, esp. of discussions or debates in which the persons have the right of decision (Web. Uebungsch. p. 33), before, in the presence of, = coram, ad.
    a.
    Of civil or military affairs, before:

    cum res agatur apud praetorem populi Romani et apud severissimos judices,

    Cic. Arch. 3:

    apud eosdem judices reus est factus,

    id. Clu. 22, 59:

    vis de his judicari apud me?

    Vulg. Act. 25, 9:

    accusavit fratres suos apud patrem,

    ib. Gen. 37, 2; ib. 1 Macc. 7, 6; ib. Joan. 5, 45:

    hoc, quod nunc apud pontifices agis,

    Cic. Dom. 51; 117:

    istud ne apud eum quidem dictatorem quisquam egit isto modo,

    id. Lig. 12:

    qui hanc causam aliquotiens apud te egit,

    id. Quinct. 30; so id. Verr. 2, 100; 3, 114; id. Caecin. 69; id. Sest. 120:

    (populus Romanus) mihi potestatem apud se agendi dedit,

    id. Verr. 5, 173: Repulsior secunda collatione dixit Cato in ea, quae est contra Cornelium apud populum, Paul. ex Fest. p. 286 Mull.:

    tutoresne defendent apud istius modi praetorem?

    Cic. Verr. 1, 153; id. Clu. 126: apud te cum sim defensurus me, Vulg. Act. [p. 146] 26, 2:

    omnia apud praetores gererentur,

    Tac. Or. 38:

    causam nescio quam apud judicem defendebat,

    Cic. Clu. 74; so Tac. A. 3, 12; id. Or. 19:

    apud te defendit alium in ea voluntate non fuisse, in qua te,

    Cic. Lig. 6:

    apud judicem causam dicere,

    id. Quinct. 43; id. Verr. 1, 26; id. Sex. Rosc. 85:

    apud aliquem dicere,

    id. Lig. 6; id. Deiot. 4:

    verba apud senatum fecit,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 20:

    habita apud senatum oratione,

    Tac. A. 12, 25; 6, 8:

    haec apud patres disseruit,

    id. ib. 2, 43; 4, 2;

    4, 6: modeste apud vos socius populi Romani questus est,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 18:

    Quae est ergo apud Caesarem querella?

    id. Lig. 25:

    isne apud vos obtinebit causam, qui etc.,

    id. Caecin. 38:

    petita multa est apud eum praetorem,

    id. Verr. 1, 155:

    causam contra aliquem apud centumviros dicere,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 98; Tac. Or. 38:

    numerus oratorum quot annis apud magistratus publice subscribitur,

    Cic. Verr. 3, 120:

    apud eorum quem qui manumitteretur,

    Liv. 41, 9: apud proconsules aliquem manumittere, Marcian. ap. Dig. 1, 162.—
    b.
    In extra judicial cases, before:

    apud hunc confessus es et genus etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 52:

    nullam causam dico, quin mihi Et parentum et libertatis apud te deliquio siet,

    id. ib. 3, 4, 93:

    apud erum qui (servos) vera loquitur,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 43:

    apud novercam querere,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 80:

    ego apud parentem loquor,

    Cic. Lig. 30:

    plura fateri apud amicos,

    Tac. A. 14, 62:

    aliquid apud aliquem laudare,

    Cic. Att. 2, 25; Tac. A. 13, 46; so Vulg. Gen. 12, 15:

    aliquem apud aliquos vituperare,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 11:

    apud quem tu etiam nos criminari soles,

    id. Vatin. 29.—
    c.
    Of one's feelings, views, judgment, with, in the view or sight of, before.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    apud Tenedios sanctissimus deus habetur,

    Cic. Fl. 61; id. Verr. 1, 49:

    quod apud illos amplissimum sacerdotium putatur,

    id. ib. 2, 126;

    1, 69: si tutoris auctoritas apud te ponderis nihil habebat,

    id. ib. 2, 55; id. Planc. 4:

    apud judicem grave et sanctum esse ducetur,

    id. Q. Rosc. 6:

    Quae omnia apud nos partim infamia... ponuntur, Nep. praef. 5: justificatur apud Deum,

    Vulg. Gal. 3, 11:

    haec apud illos barbatos ridicula videbantur,

    Cic. Mur. 26; id. Dom. 101:

    unus dies apud Dominum (est) sicut mille anni, et mille anni sicut dies unus,

    Vulg. 2 Pet. 3, 8.—
    (β).
    With adjj.:

    fuisti apud pontifices superior,

    Cic. Dom. 4:

    qui honos est apud Syracusanos amplissimus,

    id. Verr. 4, 137; id. Font. 36:

    quam clara (expugnatio) apud omnes,

    id. Verr. 1, 50; 2, 50:

    Satis clarus est apud timentem quisquis timetur,

    Tac. H. 2, 76; id. Or. 7:

    hoc est apud Graecos prope gloriosius quam Romae triumphasse,

    Cic. Fl. 31; Tac. H. 5, 17:

    quod aeque apud bonos miserum est,

    id. ib. 1, 29:

    quae justa sunt apud nos,

    Vulg. 1 Macc. 11, 33; ib. Rom. 2, 13:

    tunc eritis inculpabiles apud Dominum,

    ib. Num. 32, 22:

    si is pretio apud istum idoneus esset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 121.—
    (γ).
    With substt.:

    est tanta apud eos ejus fani religio atque antiquitas, ut etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 46:

    tanta nominis Romani dignitas est apud omnes nationes, ut etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 150:

    qua (hic) apud omnes Siculos dignitate atque existimatione sit,

    id. ib. 2, 111:

    Dymnus modicae apud regem auctoritatis et gratiae,

    Curt. 6, 72:

    abominatio est uterque apud Deum,

    Vulg. Prov. 17, 15.—Apud animum, apud animum meum, etc. sometimes stand for mihi, mecum, etc., or simply animo: Ea tute tibi subice et apud animum propone, before your mind, before you, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:

    ipsi primum statuerint apud animos, quid vellent,

    Liv. 6, 39, 11:

    Sic apud animum meum statuo,

    Sall. de Ord. Rep. 2:

    sic statuere apud animum meum possum,

    Liv. 34, 2, 4.—So with pers. pron. in Vulg. after the Greek: haec apud se (pros heauton) oravit, within himself, to himself, Luc. 18, 11: Sciens apud semet ipsum (en heautôi), in himself, Joan. 6, 62: statui hoc ipsum apud me (emautôi), ne etc., with myself, 2 Cor. 2, 1; so, hoc cogitet apud se (eph heautou), ib. 10, 7.—
    d.
    And simply before, in the presence of:

    id apud vos proloquar,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 6:

    nemo est meorum amicorum, apud quem expromere omnia mea occulta audeam,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 14:

    se jactant apud eos, quos inviti vident,

    Cic. Fl. 61:

    licet mihi, Marce fili, apud te gloriari, ad quem etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 22, 78: de vobis glorior apud Macedones, Vulg. 2 Cor. 9, 2:

    plus quam apud vos commemorari velitis,

    Cic. Caecin. 77:

    non apud indoctos loquor,

    id. Pis. 68:

    ostendit, quae quisque de eo apud se dixerit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 19:

    quid apud magnum loquerentur Achillem,

    Ov. M. 12, 163:

    neque raro neque apud paucos talia jaciebat,

    Tac. A. 4, 7:

    loqui de se apud aliquem,

    Cic. Att. 1, 3:

    mentiri apud aliquem,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 1, 24:

    apud aliquem profiteri,

    Curt. 7, 7, 24:

    Non est nobis haec oratio habenda apud imperitam multitudinem,

    Cic. Mur. 61:

    Caesar apud milites contionatur,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 7:

    gratias agere alicui apud aliquem,

    Cic. Sest. 4; so Tac. A. 15, 22:

    si quid (in me) auctoritatis est, apud eos utar, qui etc.,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2; so id. Lig. 16, and id. Red. in Sen. 24:

    Quae fundebat apud Samson lacrimas,

    Vulg. Jud. 14, 16.—
    3.
    Of a person with whom, in whose case something is, exists, is done, with, in the case of, often = in with abl.:

    quom apud te parum stet fides,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 62:

    Et bene apud memores veteris stat gratia facti,

    Verg. A. 4, 539:

    At fides mihi apud hunc est,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 10: De. Quid est? Ch. Itan parvam mihi fidem esse apud te? id. Phorm. 5, 3, 27:

    ut apud me praemium esse positum pietati scias,

    id. Hec. 4, 2, 8:

    alioqui mercedem non habebitis apud Patrem vestrum,

    Vulg. Matt. 6, 1:

    illa res quantam declarat ejusdem hominis apud hostes populi Romani auctoritatem,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 46:

    (eum) Aeduorum auctoritatem apud omnes Belgas amplificaturum,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 14:

    si M. Petrei non summa auctoritas apud milites exstitisset,

    Cic. Sest. 12:

    Pompei auctoritas apud omnes tanta est. quanta etc.,

    id. Fl. 14; id. Phil. 13, 7:

    ecquid auctoritatis apud vos socii populi Romani habere debeant,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 17; so id. Verr. 2, 14; id. Mur 38:

    (servi) apud eum sunt in honore et pretio,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 77; id. Verr. 5, 157; id. Cat. 3, 2:

    videmus quanta sit in invidia quantoque in odio apud quosdam virtus et industria,

    id. Verr. 5, 181:

    quo majore apud vos odio esse debet quam etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 42:

    domi splendor, apud exteras nationes nomen et gratia,

    id. Clu. 154; id. Mur. 38:

    Dumnorigem, magna apud plebem gratia,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 18:

    tanti ejus apud se gratiam esse ostendit, uti etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 20:

    certe apud te et hos, qui tibi adsunt, veritas valebit,

    Cic. Quinct. 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 17; id. Lig. 30; id. Marcell. 14; id. Mil. 34:

    utrum apud eos pudor atque officium aut timor valeret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    apud quem ut multum gratia valeret,

    Nep. Con. 2, 1:

    video apud te causas valere plus quam preces,

    Cic. Lig. 31; so id. Lael. 4, 13, and Tac. H. 3, 36:

    quod apud vos plurimum debebit valere,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 11; so Caes. B. G. 1, 17, and Tac. H. 4, 73:

    qui tantum auctoritate apud suos cives potuit, ut etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 113:

    speravit sese apud tales viros aliquid posse ad etc.,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 141:

    (eum) apud finitimas civitates largiter posse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 18:

    quae (pecunia) apud me contra fidem meam nihil potuisset,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 19:

    quae (memoria) plus apud eum possit quam salus civitatis,

    id. Phil. 5, 51; id. Verr. 3, 131:

    qui apud eum plurimum poterat,

    id. ib. 3, 130:

    qui apud me et amicitia et beneficiis et dignitate plurimum possunt,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 4; so Caes. B. G. 1, 9.—So very rarely with adjj.:

    faciles sunt preces apud eos, qui etc.,

    Cic. Har. Resp. 63:

    nihil me turpius apud homines fuisset,

    id. Att. 2, 19:

    apud quos miserum auxilium tolerabile miserius malum fecit,

    Cels. 3, 23.—
    4.
    Of persons, of inhabitants of cities or countries, among whom one is, or something is, is done or happens, among = inter:

    CONSOL. QVEI. FVIT. APVD. VOS., Epit. Scip. ap. Grotef. Gr. II. p. 296: homines apud nos noti, inter suos nobiles,

    Cic. Fl. 52:

    Ut vos hic, itidem ille apud vos meus servatur filius,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 11; 2, 2, 62:

    qui (colonus) perigrinatur apud vos,

    Vulg. Exod. 12, 49:

    qui regnabat apud vos,

    ib. 1 Macc. 12, 7; ib. Matt. 13, 56; ib. Luc. 9, 41:

    si iste apud eos quaestor non fuisset,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4; 65:

    Apud eos fuisse regem Divitiacum,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4; 2, 2:

    qui (praetores) apud illos a populo creantur,

    Cic. Fl. 44:

    apud quos consul fuerat,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 66; id. Verr. 2, 5; 4, 108:

    apud inferos illi antiqui supplicia impiis constituta esse voluerunt,

    id. Cat. 4, 8; id. Tusc. 1, 5, 10; so Vulg. Eccli. 14, 17: Sunt apud infernos tot milia formosarum, Prop. 3, 2, 63:

    fateri quae quis apud superos distulit in seram commissa piacula mortem,

    Verg. A. 6, 568;

    Vel. 2, 48, 2: studiis militaribus apud juventutem obsoletis,

    Cic. Font. 42:

    qui apud socios nominis Latini censi essent,

    Liv. 41, 9:

    qui apud gentes solus praestat, Naev., Com. Rel. p. 25 Rib.: quae sacra apud omnes gentes nationesque fiunt,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 109:

    id (simulacrum) apud Segestanos positum fuisse,

    id. ib. 4, 80:

    si apud Athenienses non deerant qui rem publicam defenderent,

    id. Sest. 141, and Nep. Milt. 6, 2:

    ille est magistratus apud Siculos, qui etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 131:

    si tu apud Persas deprehensus etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 166:

    Apud Helvetios longe nobilissimus fuit Orgetorix,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 2:

    apud omnes Graecos hic mos est, ut etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 158, and id. Fragm. B. 7, 18 B. and K.:

    quod apud Germanos ea consuetudo esset, ut etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 50:

    aliis Germanorum populis usurpatum raro apud Chattos in consensum vertit,

    Tac. G. 31:

    Cui (mihi) neque apud Danaos usquam locus (est),

    Verg. A. 2, 71:

    apud Nahanarvalos antiquae religionis lucus ostenditur,

    Tac. G. 43; 32; 38; 44; id. H. 4, 56; 4, 61; id. A. 2, 1; 2, 45: apud Graecos magis quam in ceteris nationibus exculta est medicina, Cels. praef. 3, 9.—So of an army, in, with, where in with abl. is commonly used:

    qui apud exercitum cum Lucio Lucullo est,

    in the army under L. Lucullus, Cic. Verr. 4, 49; so id. Arch. 11:

    apud exercitum mihi fueris tot annos,

    id. Mur. 45:

    quod Hannibalem etiam nunc cum imperio apud exercitum haberent,

    in the army with a command, Nep. Hann. 7, 3:

    simul manere apud exercitus Titum utile videbatur,

    Tac. H. 5, 10:

    quod XII. pondo argenti habuisset apud exercitum,

    with his troops, Plin. 33, 4, 50, § 143.—
    5.
    In designating the author of a work or of an assertion, apud aliquem, in, by, in the writings of, any one (the work itself being designated by in with abl.; as, de qua in Catone majore satis multa diximus, Cic. Off. 1, 42, 151:

    Socraiem illum, qui est in Phaedro Platonis,

    id. de Or. 1, 7, 28:

    quo in libro,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 47):

    ut scriptum apud eundem Caelium est,

    Cic. Div. 1, 26, 55:

    apud Xenophontem autem moriens Cyrus major haec dicit,

    id. Sen. 22, 79:

    quod apud Platonem est in philosophos dictum, quod etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 9, 28:

    apud Agathoclem scriptum in historia est,

    id. Div. 1, 24, 50:

    ut est apud poetam nescio quem,

    id. Phil. 2, 65:

    Quod enim est apud Ennium, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 8, 26:

    de qua (ambitione) praeclare apud eundem est Platonem, simile etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 25, 87:

    Apud Varronem ita est, etc.,

    Plin. 18, 35, 79, § 348:

    ut video scriptum apud Graecos,

    Cic. Scaur. 4:

    invenio apud quosdam auctores,

    Tac. H. 2, 37; so id. A. 1, 81; 3, 3:

    reperio apud scriptores,

    id. ib. 2, 88:

    apud Solonem,

    i. e. in his laws, Cic. Leg. 2, 26, 64:

    cui bono est, si apud te Agamemnon diserte loquitur, i. e. in tragoediis tuis,

    Tac. Or. 9. —Also of speakers:

    apud quosdam acerbior in conviciis narrabatur,

    Tac. Agr. 22.—
    6.
    a.. Est aliquid apud aliquem = est alicui aliquid, apud aliquem being equivalent to dat. of possessor:

    quae (scientia auguralis) mihi videtur apud majores fuisse dupliciter, ut etc.,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 13, 33:

    juris civilis magnum usum apud multos fuisse,

    id. Brut. 41, 152:

    cum apud eum summum esset imperium populi,

    Nep. Phoc. 2, 4:

    omnis gratia, potentia, honos, divitiae apud illos sunt,

    Sall. C. 20, 8:

    par gloria apud Hannibalem hostesque Poenos erat,

    Liv. 22, 30, 8:

    apud quos nulla loricarum galearumve tegmina (erant),

    Tac. A. 12, 35:

    pecuniam ac dona majora apud Romanos (esse),

    id. H. 4, 76:

    minorem esse apud victos animum,

    id. ib. 3, 1;

    2, 75: quando quidem est apud te virtuti honos,

    Liv. 2, 1, 15: Phoebo sua semper apud me Munera sunt, Phoebus has his gifts with me, i. e. I have his gifts for Phoebus, Verg. E. 3, 62; so Hor. C. 3, 29, 5:

    apud te est fons vitae,

    Vulg. Psa. 35, 10:

    apud Dominum (est) misericordia,

    ib. ib. 129, 7.—
    b.
    Est aliquid apud aliquem also simply denotes that something is in one's hands, in his power, at his disposal:

    erat ei apud me pauxillulum Nummorum,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 1, 3:

    negasse habere se (phaleras): apud alium quoque eas habuisse depositas,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 29:

    multa (signa) deposita apud amicos,

    id. ib. 4, 36:

    apud quem inventus est scyphus,

    Vulg. Gen. 44, 16; ib. [p. 147] Exod. 22, 4; ib. Deut. 24, 12.—So also of persons:

    te pix atra agitet apud carnuficem,

    in the hands of, Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 65:

    qui (obsides) apud eum sint,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31; 1, 33.—
    c.
    Apud aliquem = alicui, the dat. of indir. obj.:

    remanet gloria apud me, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 194 Rib.: nihil apud Siculum, nihil apud civem Romanum tota in Sicilia reliquisse,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 2:

    si (cura rei publicae) apud Othonem relinqueretur,

    Tac. H. 1, 13; 1, 20:

    qui judicia manere apud ordinem Senatorium volunt,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 8:

    neque praemia caedis apud interfectorem mansura,

    Tac. H. 2, 70; id. A. 15, 7:

    fidens apud aliquem obligare,

    Dig. 16, 1, 27.—So rarely with adjj.:

    Essetne apud te is servos acceptissimus?

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 56:

    non dicam amicum tuum, quod apud homines carissimum est,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 110:

    apud publicanos gratiosus fuisti,

    id. ib. 2, 169; 4, 38; id. Fl. 76; id. Lig. 31: Apud homines hoc impossibile est;

    apud Deum autem omnia possibilia sunt,

    Vulg. Matt. 19, 26; ib. Marc. 10, 27.
    II.
    Transf. In designations of place,
    A.
    At, near, about, around, before (esp. freq. in the post-Aug. histt.) = ad, prope, circum, ante: tibi servi multi apud mensam adstant, Naev. ap. Prisc. p. 893 P. (Com. Rel. p. 10 Rib.):

    verecundari neminem apud mensam decet,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 77:

    Quid apud hasce aedis negotii est tibi?

    id. Am. 1, 1, 194:

    Quid illisce homines quaerunt apud aedis meas?

    id. Most. 4, 2, 26; id. Trin. 4, 2, 25: apud ignem adsidere, Turp. ap. Non. p. 522, 26 (Com. Rel. p. 100 Rib.); Sisenn. ap. Non. p. 86, 16:

    navem is fregit apud Andrum insulam,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 17:

    apud Tenedum pugna illa navalis,

    Cic. Arch. 21:

    ut apud Salamina classem suam constituerent,

    Nep. Them. 3, 4:

    apud oppidum morati,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 7:

    agri in Hispania apud Karthaginem Novam,

    Cic. Agr. 1, 5:

    bellatum apud Actium,

    Tac. H. 1, 1; 1, 72; 3, 76:

    Pugnabant alii tardis apud Ilion armis,

    Ov. R. Am. 163:

    morabatur in castris apud Galgalam,

    Vulg. Jos. 10, 6:

    quidquid apud durae cessatum est moenia Trojae,

    Verg. A. 11, 288:

    apud vetustam turrem, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 189 Rib.: apud castellum consedisse,

    Tac. A. 4, 25:

    Vitellianos, sua quemque apud signa, componunt,

    id. H. 3, 35:

    apud vexillum tendentes,

    id. A. 1, 17:

    trepidatur apud naves,

    id. H. 2, 15:

    hostis est non apud Anienem, sed in urbe,

    Cic. Mur. 84; id. Fam. 2, 10, 5:

    quam detraxerat apud rapidum Simoenta sub Ilio alto,

    Verg. A. 5, 261:

    apud abunaantem amnem et rapidas undas Inachi, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 175 Rib.: apud gelidi flumina Hebri,

    Verg. A. 12, 331:

    octo apud Rhenum legiones,

    Tac. A. 1, 3:

    apud ripam Rheni,

    id. ib. 2, 83:

    probavi te apud Aquam Contradictionis,

    Vulg. Psa. 80, 8:

    repertus apud fretum Siciliae,

    Tac. A. 6, 14:

    propitiata Juno apud proximum mare,

    id. ib. 15, 44:

    apud promunturium Miseni consedit in villa,

    id. ib. 6, 50:

    Ut aput nivem et ferarum gelida stabula forem, for in nive etc.,

    Cat. 63, 53 Mull.:

    apud altaria deum pepigere,

    before, Tac. A. 11, 9:

    decernuntur supplicationes apud omnia pulvinaria,

    id. ib. 14, 12 (cf.:

    unum diem circa omnia pulvinaria supplicatio fuit,

    Liv. 41, 9):

    apud Caesaris effigiem procubuit,

    Tac. A. 12, 17; 13, 23:

    quartum apud lapidem substiterat,

    id. ib. 15, 60:

    laudavit ipse apud rostra (for pro rostris),

    Tac. A. 16, 6; so, apud forum (cf.: ad forum under ad, I. A. 3., and in Gr. Sophocl. Trach. 371, pros mesêi agorai;

    on the other hand,

    id. ib. 423, en mesêi agorai; id. ib. 524, têlaugei par ochthôi): Quidam apud forum mihi vendidit, Pomp., Com. Rel. p. 250 Rib.: Ch. Qui scis? By. Apud forum modo e Davo audivi, Ter. And. 2, 1, 2; 1, 5, 18:

    Capuae multa apud forum aedificia de caelo tacta,

    Liv. 41, 9 (Weissenb., in foro):

    quod (templum) apud forum holitorium C. Duilius struxerat,

    Tac. A. 2, 49.—
    B.
    At, in = in with abl. or gen. or abl. of place: CONSVLES SENATVM CONSOLVERVNT N. OCTOB. APVD AEDEM DVELONAI, S. C. de Bacch. I.; so,

    ejus statuam majores apud aedem matris deum consecravisse,

    Tac. A. 4, 64:

    apud villam est,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 1; so Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:

    Eum argentum sumpsisse apud Thebas ab danista fenore,

    Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 67:

    deponere apud Solos in delubro pecuniam,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 16, 40:

    ut rationes apud duas civitates possim relinquere,

    id. Att. 6, 7, 2: qui mense Aprili apud Baias essent, id. Fragm. B. 13, 4, 1 B. and K.;

    13, 4, 4 iid.: seditio militum coepta apud Sucronem,

    Liv. 28, 29:

    donum apud Antium statuitur,

    Tac. A. 3, 71:

    bellis civilibus Maecenatem equestris ordinis cunctis apud Romam atque Italiam praeposuit,

    id. ib. 6, 11:

    Titus in consecrando apud Memphim bove Apide diadema gestavit,

    Suet. Tit. 5:

    quod Judaeam praeterveniens apud Hierosolymam non supplicasset,

    id. Aug. 93:

    apud Mediolanum,

    Lact. Mort. Persec. 48:

    eum pugionem apud Capitolium consecravit,

    Tac. A. 15, 74:

    Equitum Romanorum locos sedilibus plebis anteposuit apud Circum,

    id. ib. 15, 32:

    quae (effigies) apud theatrum Pompei locaretur,

    id. ib. 3, 72:

    qui (rei) apud aerarium pependissent,

    Suet. Dom. 9 Roth:

    cujus (scientiae) apiscendae otium apud Rhodum magistrum Thrasullum habuit,

    Tac. A. 6, 20; 4, 14; so Suet. Aug. 92; Eutr. 7, 13:

    ut civitati Cibyraticae apud Asiam subveniretur,

    Tac. A. 4, 13; 4, 18; 16, 15:

    apud Pharsaliam,

    Liv. Epit. 111:

    apud Palaestinam,

    Eutr. 7, 13:

    qui erant apud Helladam,

    Vulg. 1 Macc. 8, 9. —
    III.
    Of time.
    A.
    With words denoting time or occasion, in, at (rare):

    apud saeclum prius,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 15:

    aliquem apud judicium persequi,

    at the trial, Cic. Verr. 4, 104.—
    B.
    With words designating persons, with, among, in the time of:

    hostis apud majores nostros is dicebatur, quem nunc etc.,

    Cic. Off. 1, 12, 36:

    fecerunt hoc multi apud majores nostros,

    id. Verr. 2, 118; 5, 148:

    Fuit eodem ex studio vir eruditus apud patres nostros,

    id. Mur. 36; id. Off. 2, 24, 85; id. Lael. 2, 6:

    Apud antiquos fuit Petron quidam, Cels. praef. 3, 9: aliam apud Fabricios, aliam apud Scipiones pecuniam (fuisse),

    Tac. A. 2, 33.—
    IV.
    For ad with words implying motion (very rare):

    APVT EVM PERVENIRE,

    Inscr. Grut. 786, 5:

    atque apud hunc eo vicinum,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 70:

    Bito apud aurificem,

    Lucil. 30, 66 Mull.: apud legiones venit, Sall. Fragm. ap. Pomp. Commod. Don. p. 395 Lind.:

    (naves) apud insulas longius sitas ejectae,

    Tac. A. 2, 24:

    qui apud Romanos de societate functus est legatione,

    Vulg. 2 Macc. 4, 11.
    ► Apud has some peculiarities of position, chiefly in Tac.
    (cf. ad, I. fin. b.)
    a.
    It is sometimes placed after its subst.:

    quae fiunt apud fabros, fictores, item alios apud,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 78, p. 104 Mull.:

    Is locus est Cumas aput,

    Lucr. 6, 747 Lachm.:

    montem apud Erycum,

    Tac. A. 4, 43:

    ripam apud Euphratis,

    id. ib. 6, 31:

    Misenum apud et Ravennam,

    id. ib. 4, 5 (in Suet. Dom. 9 the editt. vary between aerarium apud and apud aerarium; the latter seems preferable, and is adopted by Oudend., Bremi, Baumg.-Crus., and Roth).—
    b.
    It is sometimes placed between the subst. and adj.:

    barbaras apud gentes,

    Tac. A. 2, 88, 3, 26; 15, 60:

    non modo Graecis in urbibus, sed Romana apud templa,

    id. ib. 14, 14.—
    c.
    Twice in Verg. it stands before the secondary adjunct of its subst.:

    apud durae moenia Trojae, A. 11, 288: apud gelidi flumina Hebri,

    ib. 12, 331. Apud is never found in compound words. V. more on this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 405-416.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > apud

  • 27 קום

    קוּםch. 1) same. Targ. Gen. 22:3. Targ. Lev. 25:30; a. v. fr.Part. קָאֵים, apocop. קָאֵי (q. v.); קָיֵם, קָיֵים; f. קָיְימָא; pl. קָיְימִין; קָיְימָן, קָיְמ׳. Targ. Josh. 4:10. Targ. O. Ex. 26:15 (Y. קַיָּמִין); a. v. fr.B. Mets.19a (expl. דייתיקי) דא תהי למֵיקַםוכ׳ this is to stand and be, that when I die B. Bath.43b bot. ארעא היכא דקָיְימָא תֵיקוּם let the land remain where it is (in the possession of the present incumbent). Gen. R. s. 65 ברייך יְקוּם לך may thy Creator stand by thee. Koh. R. to XI, 1 היידי הוא גברא דקָם ליה עיגוליה here is (I am) the man whom his loaf of bread assisted (who was rewarded for throwing his bread into the sea). Y.Ab. Zar. II, 40c bot. וקָמוּן and they remained (in the trade), v. עֲקַר I. Macc.22b דקָיְימֵי מקמיוכ׳ who stand up before a scroll of the Law and do not stand up before a great man. Kidd.33b קום מקמיה אביך stand up before thy father. Ib. קָאִימְנָא מקמיה, I should stand up before him. Ib. a מֵיקַם לא קָאֵי הידורוכ׳ he stood not up before them (gentile old men), but he showed them honor. B. Mets.7a ברשותיה קָיְימָא it is in his possession. Lev. R. s. 16 (ref. to Is. 5:19) נדע דמן הוא דקיימאוכ׳ that we know whose counsel will stand (prevail), ours or his; ib. לא ק׳ דידי וק׳ דלהון my counsel does not stand, shall theirs stand?; Yalk. Is. 266 הא קָמַת דידהון דידי לא now, theirs is carried out, and mine should not be?; Yalk. Lam. 1033, sq. (read עצא for על); Pesik. Vattom., p. 133a> (corr. acc.). Y.Ter.I, 40b top בחרש אנן קָיְימִין we are standing at (are treating of) the case of a deaf mute. Y.Maasr.I, 51b, a. fr. (ב) מה (א) נן קיימין what are we treating of?; a. v. fr.Yeb.32a וקם ליה באשר לא יבנהוכ׳ (by giving ḥălitsah to one of his brothers widows) he has been declared one ‘who does not build up his brothers house (Deut. 25:9), and the Law says, when one has once refused ‘to build, one must not ‘build again (marry another of his brothers widows); ib. 44a.Shebu.26a כי הוו קיימי מקמיה דרב (Ms. F. מפטרי) when they were out of Rabs sight, opp. כי אתו לקמיה.ק׳ על, also ק׳ ב־ (cmp. עמד) a) to ascertain. Ab. Zar.35b ליכא למֵיקַם עלה דמילתא it cannot be ascertained; a. e.B. Mets.19a קָמוּ … במילתא the Rabbis ascertained the case, v. קִים. Yeb.31a; a. fr.b) to bargain for. Gen. R. s. 11 אנא … קיימין עילויה myself and a certain Jew were bargaining for it (the fish); a. e. קם ליה בדרבה מיניה, v. קִים.תֵּיקוּ, נֵיקוּ = תֵּיקוּם, נֵיקוּם. B. Kam.96a תקנתא לעכ״ום נ׳ ונעביד shall we get up and make rules for the benefit of gentile (robbers)? Zeb.17a כל חדא וחדא ת׳ בדוכתה (not בדוכתיה; Ms. M. תיקום) let each verse stand in its own place, i. e. you can draw no analogies between them.Esp. תיקו let it stand, i. e. the question remains undecided. B. Kam. l. c. Ḥull.46a; a. fr. 2) (v. עָמַד) to curdle. Ab. Zar.35b נישקול מיניה קלי ונֵיקוּם (prob. to be read ונוֹקִים) let one take a little of it and curdle it. Ib. קיימי, v. נַסְיוּבֵי. 3) to cause to stand (v. קִים).Inf. מִיקְמָא, מִיקְמָה, v. Af. Af. אָקֵים, אוֹקִים, אוֹקֵי 1) to put up, erect; to appoint, place; to maintain. Targ. O. Ex. 40:2 תָּקִים (ed. Berl. a. Y. תְּקִים). Ib. 18 ואָקֵים (ed. Berl. ואָקֵים a. ואֵקִים). Targ. O. Deut. 25:7 לאָקָמָא ed. Berl. (oth. ed. לַאֲקָ׳; Y. למִיקְמָא). Targ. Ps. 78:13. Targ. Prov. 29:4; a. fr.B. Mets.39b מוֹקְמִינָן … לינוקא we (the court) appoint a guardian over it in behalf of the minor. Ib. מיגו דמוֹקִים … מוקמינןוכ׳ since one appoints a guardian for the one-sixth portion, we may just as well appoint one for the other sixth. B. Bath.33a אוֹקְמָהּ … בידיה R. H. placed it in his possession, i. e. decided that it belonged to him. Ib. 34a מוֹקְמִינָן לה בידיה we would place (or leave) it in his possession; a. v. fr.Taan.8a, a. fr. אוקים … אמורא, v. אֲמֹורָא.Esp. a) to put a case, to treat with reference to. B. Bath.44a ולוֹקְמָהּ בגזלן why does he not put the case as treating of a robber?; ולוקמה ביורש let him say, it refers to the case of an heir!; a. fr.b) to let stand, place, leave ( under the presumption). Keth.12b, a. e. אוקי ממונא בחזקת מריה leave the money where it is, on the presumption that it belongs to its present owner, i. e. possession has the benefit of the doubt. Ib. אוֹקְמָהּ אחזקה leave the woman in her ascertained condition (v. חֲזָקָה), i. e. consider her as having married as a virgin. Yeb.31a אוקי תרי להדי תרי ואשה אוקמה אחזקה leave the two witnesses (on the one side) against the two witnesses (on the other side), and leave the woman ; a. fr.c) to establish, prove. Num. R. s. 6, end ורבנן מוֹקְמִין מהאי קראוכ׳ and the Rabbis prove from this verse, that as atonement takes place in day-time, so ; a. e.d) א׳ טבאות ( to place right) to guarantee, secure. Y.Gitt.I, end, 43d אנן בעי תְּקִימִינָן ט׳ (not טבאת) we want thee to secure us (against an eventual loss of the money which thou art collecting from us for our creditors); בההוא דלא יכיל למִיקְמָה גרמיה ט׳ in the case of one who has no opportunity to secure himself (who cannot get a collector to take the risk), ברם ההוא דיכיל למיקמהוכ׳ but if he finds a collector to take the risk, he may take it away from the one and give it to the other; Y.Kidd.III, 64a. 2) (v. עָמַד) to make consistent, curdle. Ab. Zar.35a (read:) כיין דאוֹקְמֵיה איסורא הוא דקא מוֹקִים ליהוכ׳ (v. Ms. M. in Rabb. D. S. a. l., a. note) since it had the effect of curdling the milk, it is the forbidden matter that gave it substance, and therefore it (that forbidden substance) is to be considered as if it were there in its natural state. Ib. b, v. supra. Ittaf. אִיתָּקַם, אִתּוֹקַם to put up; to be placed. Targ. Ex. 40:17. Targ. Lev. 16:10; a. e. Polel קוֹמֵם to put up, erect. Targ. Is. 44:26; a. e. Pa. קַיֵּם, קיֵּים 1) as preced. Pi., to establish, confirm, fulfill Targ. O. Deut. 32:8 (Y. Af.). Targ. Num. 30:14. Targ. Is. l. c. Targ. Ps. 119:106; a. fr.Ned.70a דהא קַיְּימֵיה לנדריה היום (not קיימי, v. Rashi) for he has confirmed the vow to-day. Ib. (h. form) כיון דקִיְּימוֹ קִיְּימוֹ since he once confirmed it, it remains confirmed. Keth.19a זילו קַיְּימוּ שטרייכו go and get evidence for the identification of your documents, and then come to court. Y.Gitt.I, end, 43d קיַּימְתֵּיה מדאמרוכ׳ thou canst substantiate thy opinion by referring to what R. … said. Pesik. Haʿomer, p. 72b> למְקַיְּימָא לכוןוכ׳ in order to fulfill on you the prophecy (Deut. 33:29) ; Yalk. Lev. 643; Pesik. R. s. 18. Y.Ab. Zar. V, 44d ואנא יכיל קַיֵּים and I can ascertain it (by experiment); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקַיַּים. Ber.55a לא חלמא טבא מק׳וכ׳ (Ms. F. מתקיים) neither a good dream comes true entirely, nor a bad dream 2) (v. קְיָים) to swear, vow. Targ. Num. 30:3. Targ. Gen. 28:20. Targ. O. Lev. 5:4; a. e. Ithpa. אִתְקַיַּים as preced. Hithpa. Targ. Num. 14:38. Targ. Ez. 33:12; a. fr.Y.Sabb.VI, end, 8d (read:) תִּתְקַיֵּימ לכון נפשיכין בהדין יומכין היך דקַיַּימְתּוּןוכ׳ may your life be restored on that day of yours (when your time comes), as you have restored my life on this day. Erub.54a כי היכי דתתקיים בידך ותוריך חיי (not ביך, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l.) in order that it (thy learning) may be preserved in thy possession, and thou mayest live long; a. e.

    Jewish literature > קום

  • 28 קוּם

    קוּםch. 1) same. Targ. Gen. 22:3. Targ. Lev. 25:30; a. v. fr.Part. קָאֵים, apocop. קָאֵי (q. v.); קָיֵם, קָיֵים; f. קָיְימָא; pl. קָיְימִין; קָיְימָן, קָיְמ׳. Targ. Josh. 4:10. Targ. O. Ex. 26:15 (Y. קַיָּמִין); a. v. fr.B. Mets.19a (expl. דייתיקי) דא תהי למֵיקַםוכ׳ this is to stand and be, that when I die B. Bath.43b bot. ארעא היכא דקָיְימָא תֵיקוּם let the land remain where it is (in the possession of the present incumbent). Gen. R. s. 65 ברייך יְקוּם לך may thy Creator stand by thee. Koh. R. to XI, 1 היידי הוא גברא דקָם ליה עיגוליה here is (I am) the man whom his loaf of bread assisted (who was rewarded for throwing his bread into the sea). Y.Ab. Zar. II, 40c bot. וקָמוּן and they remained (in the trade), v. עֲקַר I. Macc.22b דקָיְימֵי מקמיוכ׳ who stand up before a scroll of the Law and do not stand up before a great man. Kidd.33b קום מקמיה אביך stand up before thy father. Ib. קָאִימְנָא מקמיה, I should stand up before him. Ib. a מֵיקַם לא קָאֵי הידורוכ׳ he stood not up before them (gentile old men), but he showed them honor. B. Mets.7a ברשותיה קָיְימָא it is in his possession. Lev. R. s. 16 (ref. to Is. 5:19) נדע דמן הוא דקיימאוכ׳ that we know whose counsel will stand (prevail), ours or his; ib. לא ק׳ דידי וק׳ דלהון my counsel does not stand, shall theirs stand?; Yalk. Is. 266 הא קָמַת דידהון דידי לא now, theirs is carried out, and mine should not be?; Yalk. Lam. 1033, sq. (read עצא for על); Pesik. Vattom., p. 133a> (corr. acc.). Y.Ter.I, 40b top בחרש אנן קָיְימִין we are standing at (are treating of) the case of a deaf mute. Y.Maasr.I, 51b, a. fr. (ב) מה (א) נן קיימין what are we treating of?; a. v. fr.Yeb.32a וקם ליה באשר לא יבנהוכ׳ (by giving ḥălitsah to one of his brothers widows) he has been declared one ‘who does not build up his brothers house (Deut. 25:9), and the Law says, when one has once refused ‘to build, one must not ‘build again (marry another of his brothers widows); ib. 44a.Shebu.26a כי הוו קיימי מקמיה דרב (Ms. F. מפטרי) when they were out of Rabs sight, opp. כי אתו לקמיה.ק׳ על, also ק׳ ב־ (cmp. עמד) a) to ascertain. Ab. Zar.35b ליכא למֵיקַם עלה דמילתא it cannot be ascertained; a. e.B. Mets.19a קָמוּ … במילתא the Rabbis ascertained the case, v. קִים. Yeb.31a; a. fr.b) to bargain for. Gen. R. s. 11 אנא … קיימין עילויה myself and a certain Jew were bargaining for it (the fish); a. e. קם ליה בדרבה מיניה, v. קִים.תֵּיקוּ, נֵיקוּ = תֵּיקוּם, נֵיקוּם. B. Kam.96a תקנתא לעכ״ום נ׳ ונעביד shall we get up and make rules for the benefit of gentile (robbers)? Zeb.17a כל חדא וחדא ת׳ בדוכתה (not בדוכתיה; Ms. M. תיקום) let each verse stand in its own place, i. e. you can draw no analogies between them.Esp. תיקו let it stand, i. e. the question remains undecided. B. Kam. l. c. Ḥull.46a; a. fr. 2) (v. עָמַד) to curdle. Ab. Zar.35b נישקול מיניה קלי ונֵיקוּם (prob. to be read ונוֹקִים) let one take a little of it and curdle it. Ib. קיימי, v. נַסְיוּבֵי. 3) to cause to stand (v. קִים).Inf. מִיקְמָא, מִיקְמָה, v. Af. Af. אָקֵים, אוֹקִים, אוֹקֵי 1) to put up, erect; to appoint, place; to maintain. Targ. O. Ex. 40:2 תָּקִים (ed. Berl. a. Y. תְּקִים). Ib. 18 ואָקֵים (ed. Berl. ואָקֵים a. ואֵקִים). Targ. O. Deut. 25:7 לאָקָמָא ed. Berl. (oth. ed. לַאֲקָ׳; Y. למִיקְמָא). Targ. Ps. 78:13. Targ. Prov. 29:4; a. fr.B. Mets.39b מוֹקְמִינָן … לינוקא we (the court) appoint a guardian over it in behalf of the minor. Ib. מיגו דמוֹקִים … מוקמינןוכ׳ since one appoints a guardian for the one-sixth portion, we may just as well appoint one for the other sixth. B. Bath.33a אוֹקְמָהּ … בידיה R. H. placed it in his possession, i. e. decided that it belonged to him. Ib. 34a מוֹקְמִינָן לה בידיה we would place (or leave) it in his possession; a. v. fr.Taan.8a, a. fr. אוקים … אמורא, v. אֲמֹורָא.Esp. a) to put a case, to treat with reference to. B. Bath.44a ולוֹקְמָהּ בגזלן why does he not put the case as treating of a robber?; ולוקמה ביורש let him say, it refers to the case of an heir!; a. fr.b) to let stand, place, leave ( under the presumption). Keth.12b, a. e. אוקי ממונא בחזקת מריה leave the money where it is, on the presumption that it belongs to its present owner, i. e. possession has the benefit of the doubt. Ib. אוֹקְמָהּ אחזקה leave the woman in her ascertained condition (v. חֲזָקָה), i. e. consider her as having married as a virgin. Yeb.31a אוקי תרי להדי תרי ואשה אוקמה אחזקה leave the two witnesses (on the one side) against the two witnesses (on the other side), and leave the woman ; a. fr.c) to establish, prove. Num. R. s. 6, end ורבנן מוֹקְמִין מהאי קראוכ׳ and the Rabbis prove from this verse, that as atonement takes place in day-time, so ; a. e.d) א׳ טבאות ( to place right) to guarantee, secure. Y.Gitt.I, end, 43d אנן בעי תְּקִימִינָן ט׳ (not טבאת) we want thee to secure us (against an eventual loss of the money which thou art collecting from us for our creditors); בההוא דלא יכיל למִיקְמָה גרמיה ט׳ in the case of one who has no opportunity to secure himself (who cannot get a collector to take the risk), ברם ההוא דיכיל למיקמהוכ׳ but if he finds a collector to take the risk, he may take it away from the one and give it to the other; Y.Kidd.III, 64a. 2) (v. עָמַד) to make consistent, curdle. Ab. Zar.35a (read:) כיין דאוֹקְמֵיה איסורא הוא דקא מוֹקִים ליהוכ׳ (v. Ms. M. in Rabb. D. S. a. l., a. note) since it had the effect of curdling the milk, it is the forbidden matter that gave it substance, and therefore it (that forbidden substance) is to be considered as if it were there in its natural state. Ib. b, v. supra. Ittaf. אִיתָּקַם, אִתּוֹקַם to put up; to be placed. Targ. Ex. 40:17. Targ. Lev. 16:10; a. e. Polel קוֹמֵם to put up, erect. Targ. Is. 44:26; a. e. Pa. קַיֵּם, קיֵּים 1) as preced. Pi., to establish, confirm, fulfill Targ. O. Deut. 32:8 (Y. Af.). Targ. Num. 30:14. Targ. Is. l. c. Targ. Ps. 119:106; a. fr.Ned.70a דהא קַיְּימֵיה לנדריה היום (not קיימי, v. Rashi) for he has confirmed the vow to-day. Ib. (h. form) כיון דקִיְּימוֹ קִיְּימוֹ since he once confirmed it, it remains confirmed. Keth.19a זילו קַיְּימוּ שטרייכו go and get evidence for the identification of your documents, and then come to court. Y.Gitt.I, end, 43d קיַּימְתֵּיה מדאמרוכ׳ thou canst substantiate thy opinion by referring to what R. … said. Pesik. Haʿomer, p. 72b> למְקַיְּימָא לכוןוכ׳ in order to fulfill on you the prophecy (Deut. 33:29) ; Yalk. Lev. 643; Pesik. R. s. 18. Y.Ab. Zar. V, 44d ואנא יכיל קַיֵּים and I can ascertain it (by experiment); a. v. fr.Part. pass. מְקַיַּים. Ber.55a לא חלמא טבא מק׳וכ׳ (Ms. F. מתקיים) neither a good dream comes true entirely, nor a bad dream 2) (v. קְיָים) to swear, vow. Targ. Num. 30:3. Targ. Gen. 28:20. Targ. O. Lev. 5:4; a. e. Ithpa. אִתְקַיַּים as preced. Hithpa. Targ. Num. 14:38. Targ. Ez. 33:12; a. fr.Y.Sabb.VI, end, 8d (read:) תִּתְקַיֵּימ לכון נפשיכין בהדין יומכין היך דקַיַּימְתּוּןוכ׳ may your life be restored on that day of yours (when your time comes), as you have restored my life on this day. Erub.54a כי היכי דתתקיים בידך ותוריך חיי (not ביך, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l.) in order that it (thy learning) may be preserved in thy possession, and thou mayest live long; a. e.

    Jewish literature > קוּם

  • 29 ex

    ex or ē (ex always before vowels, and elsewh. more freq. than e; e. g. in Cic. Rep. e occurs 19 times, but ex 61 times, before consonants—but no rule can be given for the usage; cf., e. g., ex and e together:

    qui ex corporum vinculis tamquam e carcere evolaverunt,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 14. But certain expressions have almost constantly the same form, as ex parte, ex sententia, ex senatus consulto, ex lege, ex tempore, etc.; but e regione, e re nata, e vestigio, e medio, and e republica used adverbially; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 756 sq.), praep. with abl. [kindr. with Gr. ek, ex], denotes out from the interior of a thing, in opposition to in (cf. ab and de init.), out of, from.
    I.
    In space.
    A.
    Prop.:

    interea e portu nostra navis solvitur, Ubi portu exiimus, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 54:

    quam (sphaeram) M. Marcelli avus captis Syracusis ex urbe locupletissima atque ornatissima sustulisset, cum aliud nihil ex tanta praeda domum suam deportavisset,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 14:

    influxit non tenuis quidam e Graecia rivulus in hanc urbem,

    id. ib. 2, 19:

    visam, ecquae advenerit In portum ex Epheso navis mercatoria,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 2; cf. id. ib. 3, 2, 5;

    3, 6, 32 al.: magno de flumine malim quam ex hoc fonticulo tantundem sumere,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 56; cf.:

    nec vos de paupere mensa Dona nec e puris spernite fictilibus,

    Tib. 1, 1, 38:

    clanculum ex aedibus me edidi foras,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 9; so freq. with verbs compounded with ex; also with verbs compounded with ab and de, v. abeo, abscedo, amoveo, aveho, etc.; decedo, deduco, defero, deicio, etc.—
    2.
    In a downward direction, from, down from, from off:

    ex spelunca saxum in crura ejus incidisse,

    Cic. Fat. 3, 6; cf. Liv. 35, 21:

    picis e caelo demissum flumen,

    Lucr. 6, 257:

    equestribus proeliis saepe ex equis desiliunt,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 2, 3; cf.:

    cecidisse ex equo dicitur,

    Cic. Clu. 62 fin.:

    e curru trahitur,

    id. Rep. 2, 41:

    e curru desilit,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 559 et saep., v. cado, decido, decurro, deduco, delabor, elabor, etc.—
    3.
    In an upward direction, from, above:

    collis paululum ex planitie editus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8, 3:

    globum terrae eminentem e mari,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 28;

    and trop.: consilia erigendae ex tam gravi casu rei publicae,

    Liv. 6, 2.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    To indicate the country, and, in gen., the place from or out of which any person or thing comes, from:

    ex Aethiopia est usque haec,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 18:

    quod erat ex eodem municipio,

    Cic. Clu. 17, 49; cf. id. ib. 5, 11.—Freq. without a verb:

    Philocrates ex Alide,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 2, 10:

    ex Aethiopia ancillula,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 85 Ruhnk.:

    negotiator ex Africa,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 5:

    Epicurei e Graecia,

    id. N. D. 1, 21, 58:

    Q. Junius ex Hispania quidam,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 27:

    ex India elephanti,

    Liv. 35, 32:

    civis Romanus e conventu Panhormitano,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54 Zumpt; cf. id. ib. 2, 5, 59 fin.:

    meretrix e proxumo,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 38; cf. id. Aul. 2, 4, 11:

    puer ex aula (sc. regis barbari),

    Hor. C. 1, 29, 7:

    ex spelunca saxum,

    Cic. Fat. 3, 6:

    saxum ex capitolio,

    Liv. 35, 21, 6:

    ex equo cadere,

    Cic. Clu. 32, 175; cf. id. Fat. 3, 6; Auct. B. Hisp. 15 et saep.—
    2.
    To indicate the place from which any thing is done or takes place, from, down from: ibi tum derepente ex alto in altum despexit mare, Enn. ap. Non. 518, 6 (for which:

    a summo caelo despicere,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 87; and:

    de vertice montis despicere,

    id. M. 11, 503); cf.:

    T. Labienus... ex loco superiore conspicatus, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 26, 4:

    ex qua (villa) jam audieram fremitum clientium meorum,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 18, 3:

    ex hoc ipso loco permulta contra legem eam verba fecisti,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 17, 52; so id. ib. 8 fin.; cf.:

    judices aut e plano aut e quaesitoris tribunali admonebat,

    Suet. Tib. 33:

    ex equo, ex prora, ex puppi pugnare,

    Plin. 7, 56, 57, § 202 and 209; cf. Caes. B. G. 2, 27, 3:

    ex vinculis causam dicere,

    id. ib. 1, 4, 1; Liv. 29, 19.—Hence the adverbial expressions, ex adverso, ex diverso, ex contrario, e regione, ex parte, e vestigio, etc.; v. the words adversus, diversus, etc.—Also, ex itinere, during or on a journey, on the march, without halting, Cic. Fam. 3, 9; Sall. C. 34, 2; Liv. 35, 24; Caes. B. G. 2, 6, 1; 3, 21, 2; id. B. C. 1, 24, 4; Sall. J. 56, 3 al.; cf.

    also: ex fuga,

    during the flight, Caes. B. G. 6, 35, 6; id. B. C. 3, 95; 96 fin.; Sall. J. 54, 4 Kritz.; Liv. 6, 29; 28, 23 al.
    II.
    In time.
    A.
    From a certain point of time, i. e. immediately after, directly after, after (in this sense more freq. than ab):

    Cotta ex consulatu est profectus in Galliam,

    Cic. Brut. 92, 318; so,

    ex consulatu,

    Liv. 4, 31 Drak.; 40, 1 fin.; 22, 49; 27, 34; Vell. 2, 33, 1 al.:

    ex praetura,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 53; id. Mur. 7, 15; Caes. B. C. 1, 22, 4; 1, 31, 2:

    ex dictatura,

    Liv. 10, 5 fin.:

    ex eo magistratu,

    Vell. 2, 31 et saep.; cf.:

    Agrippa ex Asia (pro consule eam provinciam annuo imperio tenuerat) Moesiae praepositus est,

    Tac. H. 3, 46 fin.:

    statim e somno lavantur,

    id. G. 22:

    tanta repente vilitas annonae ex summa inopia et caritate rei frumentariae consecuta est,

    Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; cf. Liv. 21, 39:

    ex aliquo graviore actu personam deponere,

    Quint. 6, 2, 35:

    mulier ex partu si, etc.,

    Cels. 2, 8:

    ex magnis rupibus nactus planitiem,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 70, 3; cf.: ex maximo bello tantum otium totae insulae conciliavit, ut, etc., Nop. Timol. 3, 2; and:

    ex magna desperatione tandem saluti redditus,

    Just. 12, 10, 1 et saep.:

    ex quo obses Romae fuit,

    since he was a hostage in Rome, Liv. 40, 5 fin. —So the phrase, aliud ex alio, one thing after another:

    me quotidie aliud ex alio impedit,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 19 fin.; Cic. Leg. 1, 4, 14 (cf. also, alius, D.):

    aliam rem ex alia cogitare,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 2, 3:

    alia ex aliis iniquiora postulando,

    Liv. 4, 2.—So, too, diem ex die exspectabam, one day after another, from day to day, Cic. Att. 7, 26 fin.; cf.:

    diem ex die ducere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16, 5 (v. dies, I. A. b.).—
    2.
    With names of office or calling, to denote one who has completed his term of office, or has relinquished his vocation. So in class. Lat. very dub.;

    for the passage,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 46, 4, belongs more correctly under III. B. It is, however, very common in post-class. Lat., esp. in inscriptions—ex consule, ex comite, ex duce, ex equite, ex praefecto, etc.— an ex-consul, etc. (for which, without good MS. authority, the nominatives exconsul, excomes, exdux, etc., are sometimes assumed, in analogy with proconsul, and subvillicus; cf. Schneid. Gram. 1, p. 562, note, and the authors there cited):

    vir excelsus ex quaestore et ex consule Tribonianus,

    Cod. Just. 1, 17, 2, § 9; cf.:

    Pupienus et Balbinus, ambo ex consulibus,

    Capitol. Gord. 22:

    duo ante ipsam aram a Gallicano ex consulibus et Maecenate ex ducibus interempti sunt,

    id. ib.:

    mandabat Domitiano, ex comite largitionum, praefecto, ut, etc.,

    Amm. 14, 7, 9:

    Serenianus ex duce,

    id. 14, 7, 7:

    INLVSTRIS EX PRAEFECTO praeTORIO ET EX PRAEFECTO VRbis,

    Inscr. Orell. 2355 al., v. Inscr. Orell. in Indice, p. 525.—

    And of a period of life: quem si Constans Imperator olim ex adulto jamque maturum audiret, etc.,

    i. e. who had outgrown the period of youth, and was now a man, Amm. 16, 7.—
    B.
    From and after a given time, from... onward, from, since (cf. ab, II. A. 2.):

    bonus volo jam ex hoc die esse,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 10:

    itaque ex eo tempore res esse in vadimonium coepit,

    Cic. Quint. 5 fin.:

    nec vero usquam discedebam, nec a republica deiciebam oculos, ex eo die, quo, etc.,

    id. Phil. 1, 1:

    ex aeterno tempore,

    id. Fin. 1, 6, 17:

    ex hoc die,

    id. Rep. 1, 16:

    motum ex Metello consule civicum tractas,

    from the consulship of Metellus, Hor. C. 2, 1, 1:

    C. Pompeius Diogenes ex Kalendis Juliis cenaculum locat,

    Petr. 38, 10; so usually in forms of hiring; cf. Garaton. Cic. Phil. 2, 39, 100:

    ex ea die ad hanc diem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 12 fin.:

    memoria tenent, me ex Kalendis Januariis ad hanc horam invigilasse rei publicae,

    id. Phil. 14, 7, 20.—Esp.: ex quo (sc. tempore), since: [p. 670] octavus annus est, ex quo, etc., Tac. Agr. 33; id. A. 14, 53:

    sextus decimus dies agitur, ex quo,

    id. H. 1, 29:

    sextus mensis est, ex quo,

    Curt. 10, 6, 9; Hor. Ep. 11, 5; so,

    ex eo,

    Tac. A. 12, 7; Suet. Caes. 22:

    ex illo,

    Ov. F. 5, 670; Stat. Silv. 1, 2, 81.—
    C.
    Less freq. in specifying a future date (after which something is to be done), from, after:

    Romae vereor ne ex Kal. Jan. magni tumultus sint,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 9, 3:

    hunc judicem ex Kal. Jan. non habemus... ex Kal. Jan. non judicabunt,

    id. Verr. 1, 10:

    ex Idibus Mart.... ex Idibus Mai.,

    id. Att. 5, 21, 9.
    III.
    In other relations, and in gen. where a going out or forth, a coming or springing out of any thing is conceivable.
    A.
    With verbs of taking out, or, in gen., of taking, receiving, deriving (both physically and mentally; so of perceiving, comprehending, inquiring, learning, hoping, etc.), away from, from, out of, of:

    solem e mundo tollere videntur, qui amicitiam e vita tollunt,

    Cic. Lael. 13, 47:

    ex omni populo deligendi potestas,

    id. Agr. 2, 9, 23:

    agro ex hoste capto,

    Liv. 41, 14, 3:

    cui cum liceret majores ex otio fructus capere,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 4:

    ex populo Romano bona accipere,

    Sall. J. 102:

    majorem laetitiam ex desiderio bonorum percepimus, quam ex laetitia improborum dolorem,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 4:

    quaesierat ex me Scipio,

    id. ib. 1, 13:

    ex te requirunt,

    id. ib. 2, 38:

    de quo studeo ex te audire, quid sentias,

    id. ib. 1, 11 fin.; 1, 30; 1, 46; 2, 38; cf.:

    intellexi ex tuis litteris te ex Turannio audisse, etc.,

    id. Att. 6, 9, 3:

    ex eo cum ab ineunte ejus aetate bene speravissem,

    id. Fam. 13, 16 et saep.; cf.:

    ex aliqua re aliquid nominare,

    id. N. D. 2, 20, 51:

    vocare,

    Tac. G. 2, 4; cf. id. ib. 4, 55; Sall. J. 5, 4.—
    B.
    In specifying a multitude from which something is taken, or of which it forms a part, out of, of:

    qui ex civitate in senatum, ex senatu in hoc consilium delecti estis,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 3 fin.:

    e vectoribus sorte ductus,

    id. Rep. 1, 34:

    ecquis est ex tanto populo, qui? etc.,

    id. Rab. Post. 17:

    homo ex numero disertorum postulabat, ut, etc.,

    id. de Or. 1, 37, 168: Q. Fulgentius, ex primo hastato (sc. ordine) legionis XIV., i. e. a soldier of the first division of hastati of the 14 th legion, Caes. B. C. 1, 46;

    v. hastatus: e barbaris ipsis nulli erant maritimi,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 4:

    unus ex illis decemviris,

    id. ib. 2, 37:

    ex omnibus seculis vix tria aut quatuor nominantur paria amicorum,

    id. Lael. 4, 15:

    aliquis ex vobis,

    id. Cael. 3, 7; id. Fam. 13, 1 fin.: id enim ei ex ovo videbatur aurum declarasse;

    reliquum, argentum,

    this of the egg, id. Div. 2, 65:

    quo e collegio (sc. decemvirorum),

    id. Rep. 2, 36:

    virgines ex sacerdotio Vestae,

    Flor. 1, 13, 12:

    alia ex hoc quaestu,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 29 Ruhnk.; cf.:

    fuit eodem ex studio vir eruditus apud patres nostros,

    Cic. Mur. 36; Ov. Am. 2, 5, 54; Sen. Ben. 3, 9; id. Ep. 52, 3:

    qui sibi detulerat ex latronibus suis principatum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 3:

    est tibi ex his, qui assunt, bella copia,

    id. Rep. 2, 40:

    Batavi non multum ex ripa, sed insulam Rheni amnis colunt,

    Tac. G. 29:

    acerrimum autem ex omnibus nostris sensibus esse sensum videndi,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 357:

    ex tribus istis modis rerum publicarum velim scire quod optimum judices,

    id. Rep. 1, 30; cf. id. ib. 1, 35 et saep.—
    2.
    Sometimes a circumlocution for the subject. gen., of (cf. de):

    has (turres) altitudo puppium ex barbaris navibus superabat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 14, 4:

    album ex ovo cum rosa mixtum,

    Cels. 4, 20:

    ex fraxino frondes, ex leguminibus paleae,

    Col. 7, 3, 21 sq. —
    C.
    To indicate the material of which any thing is made or consists, of:

    fenestrae e viminibus factae,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 9, 6; cf.:

    statua ex aere facta,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 21; and:

    ex eo auro buculam curasse faciendam,

    id. Div. 1, 24:

    substramen e palea,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 10, 4:

    pocula ex auro, vas vinarium ex una gemma pergrandi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27:

    monilia e gemmis,

    Suet. Calig. 56:

    farina ex faba,

    Cels. 5, 28:

    potiones ex absinthio,

    id. ib. et saep.:

    Ennius (i. e. statua ejus) constitutus ex marmore,

    Cic. Arch. 9 fin.; cf. id. Ac. 2, 31, 100:

    (homo) qui ex animo constet et corpore caduco et infirmo,

    id. N. D. 1, 35, 98:

    natura concreta ex pluribus naturis,

    id. ib. 3, 14; id. Rep. 1, 45; id. Ac. 1, 2, 6: cum Epicuro autem hoc est plus negotii, quod e duplici genere voluptatis conjunctus est, id. Fin. 2, 14, 44 et saep.—
    D.
    To denote technically the material, out of, i. e. with which any thing to eat or drink, etc., is mixed or prepared (esp. freq. of medical preparations):

    resinam ex melle Aegyptiam,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 28:

    quo pacto ex jure hesterno panem atrum vorent,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 17:

    bibat jejunus ex aqua castoreum,

    Cels. 3, 23:

    aqua ex lauro decocta,

    id. 4, 2; cf.:

    farina tritici ex aceto cocta,

    Plin. 22, 25, 57, § 120:

    pullum hirundinis servatum ex sale,

    Cels. 4, 4:

    nuclei pinei ex melle, panis vel elota alica ex aqua mulsa (danda est),

    id. 4, 7 et saep.—So of the mixing of colors or flavors:

    bacae e viridi rubentes,

    Plin. 15, 30, 39, § 127:

    frutex ramosus, bacis e nigro rufis,

    id. ib. §

    132: id solum e rubro lacteum traditur,

    id. 12, 14, 30, § 52:

    e viridi pallens,

    id. 37, 8, 33, § 110:

    apes ex aureolo variae,

    Col. 9, 3, 2:

    sucus ex austero dulcis,

    Plin. 13, 9, 18, § 62; 21, 8, 26, § 50:

    ex dulci acre,

    id. 11, 15, 15, § 39; cf.

    trop.: erat totus ex fraude et mendacio factus,

    Cic. Clu. 26.—
    E.
    To indicate the cause or reason of any thing, from, through, by, by reason of, on account of:

    cum esset ex aere alieno commota civitas,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 33:

    ex doctrina nobilis et clarus,

    id. Rab. Post. 9, 23:

    ex vulnere aeger,

    id. Rep. 2, 21; cf.:

    ex renibus laborare,

    id. Tusc. 2, 25:

    ex gravitate loci vulgari morbos,

    Liv. 25, 26:

    ex vino vacillantes, hesterna ex potatione oscitantes,

    Quint. 8, 33, 66:

    gravida e Pamphilo est,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 11:

    credon' tibi hoc, nunc peperisse hanc e Pamphilo?

    id. ib. 3, 2, 17:

    ex se nati,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 35:

    ex quodam conceptus,

    id. ib. 2, 21:

    ex nimia potentia principum oritur interitus principum,

    id. ib. 1, 44:

    ex hac maxima libertate tyrannis gignitur,

    id. ib. et saep.:

    ex te duplex nos afficit sollicitudo,

    Cic. Brut. 97, 332; cf.:

    quoniam tum ex me doluisti, nunc ut duplicetur tuum ex me gaudium, praestabo,

    id. Fam. 16, 21, 3:

    in spem victoriae adductus ex opportunitate loci,

    Sall. J. 48, 2:

    veritus ex anni tempore et inopia aquae, ne siti conficeretur exercitus,

    id. ib. 50, 1 et saep.:

    ex Transalpinis gentibus triumphare,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 6, 18; id. Off. 2, 8, 28; cf. id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:

    gens Fabia saepe ex opulentissima Etrusca civitate victoriam tulit,

    Liv. 2, 50:

    ex tam propinquis stativis parum tuta frumentatio erat,

    i. e. on account of the proximity of the two camps, Liv. 31, 36:

    qua ex causa cum bellum Romanis Sabini intulissent,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 7:

    hic mihi (credo equidem ex hoc, quod eramus locuti) Africanus se ostendit,

    id. ib. 6, 10:

    quod ex eo sciri potest, quia, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 1, 18 fin.; cf. id. Leg. 1, 15, 43:

    causa... fuit ex eo, quod, etc.,

    id. Phil. 6, 1:

    ex eo fieri, ut, etc.,

    id. Lael. 13, 46:

    ex quo fit, ut, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 43:

    e quo efficitur, non ut, etc.,

    id. Fin. 2, 5, 15 et saep.—Sometimes between two substantives without a verb:

    non minor ex aqua postea quam ab hostibus clades,

    Flor. 4, 10, 8:

    ex nausea vomitus,

    Cels. 4, 5:

    ex hac clade atrox ira,

    Liv. 2, 51, 6:

    metus ex imperatore, contemptio ex barbaris,

    Tac. A. 11, 20:

    ex legato timor,

    id. Agr. 16 et saep.—
    2.
    In partic., to indicate that from which any thing derives its name, from, after, on account of:

    cui postea Africano cognomen ex virtute fuit,

    Sall. J. 5, 4; cf. Flor. 2, 6, 11:

    cui (sc. Tarquinio) cognomen Superbo ex moribus datum,

    id. 1, 7, 1:

    nomen ex vitio positum,

    Ov. F. 2, 601:

    quarum ex disparibus motionibus magnum annum mathematici nominaverunt,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 20; id. Leg. 1, 8; cf. id. Tusc. 4, 12; Plin. 11, 37, 45, § 123:

    holosteon sine duritia est, herba ex adverso appellata a Graecis,

    id. 27, 10, 65, § 91:

    quam urbem e suo nomine Romam jussit nominari,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 7:

    e nomine (nominibus),

    id. ib. 2, 20; Tac. A. 4, 55; id. G. 2; Just. 15, 4, 8; 20, 5, 9 et saep.—
    F.
    To indicate a transition, i. e. a change, alteration, from one state or condition to another, from, out of:

    si possum tranquillum facere ex irato mihi,

    Plaut. Cist. 3, 21:

    fierent juvenes subito ex infantibus parvis,

    Lucr. 1, 186:

    dii ex hominibus facti,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 10:

    ut exsistat ex rege dominus, ex optimatibus factio, ex populo turba et confusio,

    id. ib. 1, 45:

    nihil est tam miserabile quam ex beato miser,

    id. Part. 17; cf.:

    ex exsule consul,

    id. Manil. 4, 46:

    ex perpetuo annuum placuit, ex singulari duplex,

    Flor. 1, 9, 2: tua virtute nobis Romanos ex amicis amicissimos fecisti, Sall. J. 10:

    ex alto sapore excitati,

    Curt. 7, 11, 18.—
    G.
    Ex (e) re, ex usu or ex injuria, to or for the advantage or injury of any one:

    ex tua re non est, ut ego emoriar,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 102; 104; cf. Ter. Phorm. 5, 7, 76: Cervius haec inter vicinus garrit aniles Ex re fabellas, i. e. fitting, suitable, pertinent (= pro commodo, quae cum re proposita conveniant), Hor. S. 2, 6, 78:

    aliquid facere bene et e re publica,

    for the good, the safety of the state, Cic. Phil. 10, 11, 25:

    e (not ex) re publica,

    id. ib. 3, 12, 30; 8, 4, 13; id. de Or. 2, 28, 124; id. Fam. 13, 8, 2; Liv. 23, 24; Suet. Caes. 19 et saep.:

    exque re publica,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 15, 38; 5, 13, 36:

    non ex usu nostro est,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 60; Ter. Hec. 4, 3, 10; Caes. B. G. 1, 30, 2; 1, 50 fin.; 5, 6 fin. al.; cf.:

    ex utilitate,

    Plin. Pan. 67, 4; Tac. A. 15, 43:

    ex nullius injuria,

    Liv. 45, 44, 11.—
    H.
    To designate the measure or rule, according to, after, in conformity with which any thing is done:

    (majores) primum jurare EX SVI ANIMI SENTENTIA quemque voluerunt,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 47 fin. (cf. Beier, Cic. Off. 3, 29, 108, and the references):

    ex omnium sententia constitutum est, etc.,

    id. Clu. 63, 177; cf.:

    ex senatus sententia,

    id. Fam. 12, 4:

    ex collegii sententia,

    Liv. 4, 53:

    ex amicorum sententia,

    id. 40, 29:

    ex consilii sententia,

    id. 45, 29 et saep.; cf.

    also: ex sententia, i. q. ex voluntate,

    according to one's wish, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 96: Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 32; Cic. Fam. 12, 10, 2; id. Att. 5, 21 al.;

    and, in a like sense: ex mea sententia,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 1; id. Merc. 2, 3, 36:

    ex senatus consulto,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 18; Sall. C. 42 fin.:

    ex edicto, ex decreto,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 56 fin.; id. Quint. 8, 30:

    ex lege,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 5, 19; id. Clu. 37, 103; id. Inv. 1, 38, 68: ex jure, Enn. ap. Gell. 20, 10, 4 (Ann. v. 276 ed. Vahl.); Varr. L. L. 6, § 64 Mull.; Cic. Mur. 12, 26; id. de Or. 1, 10, 41:

    ex foedere,

    Liv. 1, 23 et saep.:

    hunccine erat aequum ex illius more, an illum ex hujus vivere?

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 29; so,

    ex more,

    Sall. J. 61, 3; Verg. A. 5, 244; 8, 186; Ov. M. 14, 156; 15, 593; Plin. Ep. 3, 18; Flor. 4, 2, 79 al.; cf.:

    ex consuetudine,

    Cic. Clu. 13, 38; Caes. B. G. 1, 52, 4; 4, 32, 1; Sall. J. 71, 4; Quint. 2, 7, 1 al.:

    quod esse volunt e virtute, id est honeste vivere,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 34:

    ex sua libidine moderantur,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 4; cf. Sall. C. 8, 1:

    ut magis ex animo rogare nihil possim,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 8, 3:

    eorum ex ingenio ingenium horum probant,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 42; cf. Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 118; Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, A.:

    leges ex utilitate communi, non ex scriptione, quae in litteris est, interpretari,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 38; cf. id. Lael. 6, 21:

    nemo enim illum ex trunco corporis spectabat, sed ex artificio comico aestimabat,

    id. Rosc. Com. 10, 28; cf. Sall. C. 10, 5; Caes. B. G. 3, 20, 1; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 2 al.:

    ex tuis verbis meum futurum corium pulcrum praedicas,

    Plaut. Ep. 5, 1, 19; cf. Cic. Fam. 7, 17; id. Att. 1, 3:

    nunc quae scribo, scribo ex opinione hominum atque fama,

    id. Fam. 12, 4 fin.:

    scripsit Tiberio, non ut profugus aut supplex, sed ex memoria prioris fortunae,

    Tac. A. 2, 63: quamquam haec quidem res non solum ex domestica est ratione;

    attingit etiam bellicam,

    Cic. Off. 1, 22, 76; cf. id. Quint. 11; 15 et saep.—E re rata, v. ratus.—
    I.
    To form adverbial expressions, such as: ex aequo, ex commodo, ex contrario, ex composito, ex confesso, ex destinato, ex diverso, ex facili, etc., ex affluenti, ex continenti;

    ex improviso, ex inopinato, etc., v. the words aequus, commodus, etc.

    ► Ex placed after its noun: variis ex,

     Lucr.
    2, 791:

    terris ex,

    id. 6, 788:

    quibus e sumus uniter apti,

    id. 3, 839; 5, 949.—E joined with que:

    que sacra quercu,

    Verg. E. 7, 13.
    IV.
    In composition, ex (cf. dis) before vowels and h, and before c, p, q, t (exagito, exeo, exigo, exoro, exuro, exhaurio; excedo, expello, exquiro, extraho); ef (sometimes ec) before f (effero, effluo, effringo; also in good MSS. ecfero, ecfari, ecfodio), elsewhere e (eblandior, educo, egredior, eicio, eligo, emitto, enitor, evado, eveho). A few exceptions are found, viz., in ex: epoto and epotus as well as expotus, and escendo as well as exscensio; in e: exbibo as well as ebibo; exballisto, exbola; exdorsuo; exfututa as well as effutuo; exfibulo; exlex, etc. After ex in compounds s is [p. 671] often elided in MSS. and edd. Both forms are correct, but the best usage and analogy favor the retaining of the s; so, exsaevio, exsanguis, exscensio, exscindo, exscribo, exsculpo, exseco, exsecror, exsequiae, exsequor, exsero, exsicco, exsilio, exsilium, exsisto, exsolvo, exsomnis, exsorbeo, exsors, exspecto, exspes, exspiro, exspolio, exspuo, exsterno, exstimulo, exstinguo, exstirpo, exsto, exstruo, exsudo, exsugo, exsul, exsulto, exsupero, exsurgo, exsuscito, and some others, with their derivv.; cf. Ribbeck, Prol. Verg. p. 445 sq. Only in escendere and escensio is the elision of x before s sustained by preponderant usage; cf. Neue, Formenl. 2, p. 766.—
    B.
    Signification.
    1.
    Primarily and most freq. of place, out or forth: exeo, elabor, educo, evado, etc.; and in an upward direction: emineo, effervesco, effero, erigo, exsurgo, exsulto, extollo, everto, etc.—Hence also, trop., out of ( a former nature), as in effeminare, qs. to change out of his own nature into that of a woman: effero, are, to render wild; thus ex comes to denote privation or negation, Engl. un-: exanimare, excusare, enodare, exonerare, effrenare, egelidus, I., elinguis, elumbis, etc.—
    2.
    Throughout, to the end: effervesco, effero, elugeo; so in the neuter verbs which in composition (esp. since the Aug. per.) become active: egredior, enavigo, eno, enitor, excedo, etc.—Hence, thoroughly, utterly, completely: elaudare, emori, enecare, evastare, evincere (but eminari and eminatio are false readings for minari and minatio; q. v.); and hence a simple enhancing of the principal idea: edurus, efferus, elamentabilis, egelidus, exacerbo, exaugeo, excolo, edisco, elaboro, etc. In many compounds, however, of post - Aug. and especially of post-class. Latinity this force of ex is no longer distinct; so in appellations of color: exalbidus, exaluminatus, etc.; so in exabusus, exambire, exancillatus, etc. Vid. Hand Turs. II. Pp. 613-662.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ex

  • 30 vorlesen

    vt/i (unreg., trennb., hat -ge-) read (aloud); jemandem etw. vorlesen read s.th. (out) to s.o. ( aus from); liest du mir etwas vor? will you read something to me?; am letzten Schultag wird vorgelesen reading aloud takes place on the last day of school
    * * *
    to read
    * * *
    vor|le|sen
    vti sep
    to read aloud or out loud

    jdm (etw) vórlesen — to read (sth) to sb

    * * *
    1) (to read aloud, usually to someone else: I read my daughter a story before she goes to bed; I read to her before she goes to bed.) read
    2) (to read aloud: Read out the answers to the questions.) read out
    * * *
    vor|le·sen
    I. vt
    ▪ [jdm] etw \vorlesen to read out sep sth [to sb]
    soll ich dir den Artikel aus der Zeitung \vorlesen? shall I read you the article from the newspaper?
    vor dem Zubettgehen liest sie den Kindern immer eine Gutenachtgeschichte vor she always reads the children a bedtime story before they go to bed
    ▪ [jdm] \vorlesen, was... to read out [to sb] what...
    II. vi
    ▪ [jdm] \vorlesen to read aloud [or out [loud]] [to sb] ( aus + akk from)
    liest du den Kindern bitte vor? will you read to the children, please?
    * * *
    unregelmäßiges transitives, intransitives Verb read aloud or out; read <story, poem, etc.> aloud

    jemandem [etwas] vorlesen — read [something] to somebody

    lies schon vor! — read it out!; read out what it says!

    * * *
    vorlesen v/t & v/i (irr, trennb, hat -ge-) read (aloud);
    jemandem etwas vorlesen read sth (out) to sb (
    aus from);
    liest du mir etwas vor? will you read something to me?;
    am letzten Schultag wird vorgelesen reading aloud takes place on the last day of school
    * * *
    unregelmäßiges transitives, intransitives Verb read aloud or out; read <story, poem, etc.> aloud

    jemandem [etwas] vorlesen — read [something] to somebody

    lies schon vor! — read it out!; read out what it says!

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > vorlesen

  • 31 ἐκ

    ἐκ, before vowels ἐξ, prep. w. gen. (Hom.+; s. lit. s.v. ἀνά and εἰς beg.)
    ① marker denoting separation, from, out of, away from
    ⓐ w. the place or thing fr. which separation takes place. Hence esp. w. verbs of motion ἀναβαίνω, ἀναλύω, ἀνίστημι, ἐγείρομαι, εἰσέρχομαι, ἐκβάλλω, ἐκπορεύομαι, ἐξέρχομαι, ἔρχομαι, ἥκω, καταβαίνω, μεταβαίνω, ῥύομαι, συνάγω, φεύγω; s. these entries. καλεῖν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου Mt 2:15 (Hos 11:1); ἐκ σκότους 1 Pt 2:9. αἴρειν ἐκ τ. κόσμου J 17:15. ἐξαλείφειν ἐκ τῆς βίβλου Rv 3:5 (Ex 32:32f; Ps 68:29). ἀποκυλίειν τ. λίθον ἐκ τ. θύρας Mk 16:3; cp. J 20:1; Rv 6:14; σῴζειν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγ. Jd 5; διασῴζειν ἐκ τ. θαλάσσης Ac 28:4. παραγίνεσθαι ἐξ ὁδοῦ arrive on a journey (lit. from, i.e. interrupting a journey) Lk 11:6; fig. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐξ ὁδοῦ bring back fr. the way Js 5:20; cp. 2 Pt 2:21. ἐκ τῆς χειρός τινος (Hebraistically מִיַּד פּ׳, oft. LXX; s. B-D-F §217, 2; Rob. 649) from someone’s power ἐξέρχεσθαι J 10:39; ἁρπάζειν 10:28f (cp. Plut., Ages. 615 [34, 6] ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν τῶν Ἐπαμινώνδου τ. πόλιν ἐξαρπάσας; JosAs 12:8 ἅρπασόν με ἐκ χειρὸς τοῦ ἐχθροῦ); ἐξαιρεῖσθαι Ac 12:11 (cp. Aeschin. 3, 256 ἐκ τ. χειρῶν ἐξελέσθαι τῶν Φιλίππου; Sir 4:9; Bar 4:18, 21 al.); ῥύεσθαι Lk 1:74; cp. vs. 71 (Ps 105:10; Wsd 2:18; JosAs 12:10); εἰρυσταί σε κύριος ἐκ χειρὸς ἀνόμου AcPlCor 1:8 (cp. ἐκ τούτων ἄπαντων PsSol 13:4).—After πίνειν, of the object fr. which one drinks (X., Cyr. 5, 3, 3): ἐκ τ. ποτηρίου Mt 26:27; Mk 14:23; 1 Cor 11:28; cp. 10:4; J 4:12. Sim. φαγεῖν ἐκ τ. θυσιαστηρίου Hb 13:10.
    ⓑ w. a group or company fr. which separation or dissociation takes place (Hyperid. 6, 17 and Lucian, Cyn. 13 ἐξ ἀνθρώπων) ἐξολεθρεύειν ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ Ac 3:23 (Ex 30:33; Lev 23:29). συμβιβάζειν ἐκ τ. ὄχλου 19:33; ἐκλέγειν ἐκ τ. κόσμου J 15:19; cp. Mt 13:41, 47; Ac 1:24; 15:22; Ro 9:24. For ἐκ freq. ἐκ μέσου Mt 13:49; Ac 17:33; 23:10; 1 Cor 5:2; 2 Cor 6:17 (cp. Ex 31:14).—ἀνιστάναι τινὰ ἔκ τινων Ac 3:22 (Dt 18:15); ἐκ νεκρῶν 17:31. ἐγείρειν τινὰ ἐκ νεκρῶν J 12:1, 9, 17; Ac 3:15; 4:10; 13:30; Hb 11:19; AcPlCor 2:6; ἀνίστασθαι ἐκ νεκρῶν Ac 10:41; 17:3; ἀνάστασις ἐκ νεκρ. Lk 20:35; 1 Pt 1:3; cp. Ro 10:7. Also s. ἠρεμέω.
    ⓒ of situations and circumstances out of which someone is brought, from: ἐξαγοράζειν ἔκ τινος redeem fr. someth. Gal 3:13; also λυτροῦν (cp. Sir 51:2) 1 Pt 1:18; σῴζειν ἔκ τινος save fr. someth. J 12:27; Hb 5:7; Js 5:20 (Od. 4, 753; MLetronne, Recueil des Inscr. 1842/8, 190; 198 σωθεὶς ἐκ; SIG 1130, 1f; UPZ 60:6f [s. διασῴζω]; PVat A, 7 [168 B.C.]=Witkowski 36, 7 διασεσῶσθαι ἐκ μεγάλων κινδύνων; Sir 51:11; EpJer 49; JosAs 4:8 ἐκ τοῦ … λιμοῦ); ἐξαιρεῖσθαι Ac 7:10 (cp. Wsd 10:1; Sir 29:12). τηρεῖν ἔκ τινος keep from someth. Rv 3:10; μεταβαίνειν ἔκ τινος εἴς τι J 5:24; 1J 3:14; μετανοεῖν ἔκ τινος repent and turn away fr. someth. Rv 2:21f; 9:20f; 16:11. ἀναπαύεσθαι ἐκ τ. κόπων rest fr. one’s labors 14:13. ἐγείρεσθαι ἐξ ὕπνου wake fr. sleep (Epict. 2, 20, 15; Sir 22:9; cp. ParJer 5:2 οὐκ ἐξυπνίσθη ἐκ τοῦ ὕπνου αὐτοῦ) Ro 13:11. ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν 11:15. ζῶντες ἐκ νεκρῶν people who have risen fr. death to life 6:13 (cp. Soph., Oed. R. 454; X., An. 7, 7, 28; Demosth. 18, 131 ἐλεύθερος ἐκ δούλου καὶ πλούσιος ἐκ πτωχοῦ γεγονώς; Palaeph. 3, 2). S. ἀνάστασις 2b.
    ⓓ of pers. and things with whom a connection is severed or is to remain severed: τηρεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ keep them fr. the evil one J 17:15; cp. Ac 15:29. Pregnant constr.: ἀνανήφειν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου παγίδος 2 Ti 2:26. νικᾶν ἔκ τινος free oneself from … by victory Rv 15:2 (for possible Latinism s. reff. to Livy and Velleius Paterculus in OLD s.v. ‘victoria’; but s. also RCharles, ICC Rv II, 33). ἐλεύθερος ἐκ 1 Cor 9:19 (cp. Eur., Herc. Fur. 1010 ἐλευθεροῦντες ἐκ δρασμῶν πόδα ‘freeing our feet from flight’ [=we recovered from our flight]). καθαρός εἰμι ἐγὼ ἐξ αὐτῆς I practiced abstinence with her GJs 15:4.
    ② marker denoting the direction fr. which someth. comes, from καταβαίνειν ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους (Il. 13, 17; X., An. 7, 4, 12; Ex 19:14; 32:1 al.; JosAs 4:1 ἐκ τοῦ ὑπερῴου) Mt 17:9. θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται Lk 21:18. ἐκπίπτειν ἐκ τ. χειρῶν Ac 12:7. διδάσκειν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου Lk 5:3. ἐκ τῆς βάτου χρηματισμοῦ διδομένου 1 Cl 17:5 (cp. Just., A I, 62:3). ἐκ τῆς πρύμνης ῥίψαντες τὰς ἀγκύρας Ac 27:29. κρέμασθαι ἔκ τινος (Hom. et al.; 1 Macc 1:61; 2 Macc 6:10; Jos., Ant. 14, 107) 28:4. ἐκ ῥιζῶν to (lit. from) its roots (Job 28:9; 31:12) Mk 11:20; B 12:9.—Since the Greek feeling concerning the relation betw. things in this case differed fr. ours, ἐκ could answer the question ‘where?’ (cp. Soph., Phil. 20; Synes., Ep. 131 p. 267a ἐκ τῆς ἑτέρας μερίδος=on the other side; BGU 975, 11; 15 [45 A.D.]; PGM 36, 239; LXX; JosAs 16:12 εἱστήκει … ἐξ εὐωνύμων; 22:7) ἐκ δεξιῶν at (on) the right (δεξιός 1b) Mt 20:21, 23; 22:44 (Ps 109:1); 25:33; Lk 1:11; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8), 34 (Ps 109:1); 7:55f; B 11:10. ἐξ ἐναντίας opposite Mk 15:39 (Hdt. 8, 6, 2; Thu. 4, 33, 1; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 461, 6; Sir 37:9; Wsd 4:20 al.); ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας the opponent (Sext. Emp., Adv. Phys. 1, 66 [=Adv. Math. 9, 66]; 2, 69 [=Adv. Math. 10, 69], Adv. Eth. 1, 25; Bias in Diog. L. 1, 84) Tit 2:8.—ἐκ τοῦ κατωτάτου ᾅδου … προσευχομένου Ἰωνᾶ AcPlCor 2:30.
    ③ marker denoting origin, cause, motive, reason, from, of
    ⓐ in expr. which have to do w. begetting and birth from, of, by: ἐκ introduces the role of the male (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 9 ἐκ θεοῦ ἔστι; JosAs 21:8 συνέλαβεν Ἀσενὲθ ἐκ τοῦ Ἰωσήφ; Tat. 33, 3 συλλαμβάνουσιν ἐκ φθορέως; Ath. 22, 4 ἐκ τοῦ Κρόνου; SIG 1163, 3; 1169, 63; OGI 383, 3; 5 [I B.C.]) ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχειν ἔκ τινος Mt 1:18. κοίτην ἔχειν ἔκ τινος Ro 9:10; also of the female (SIG 1160, 3; PEleph 1, 9 [311/10 B.C.] τεκνοποιεῖσθαι ἐξ ἄλλης γυναικός; PFay 28, 9 γεννᾶσθαι ἐκ; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 14 Jac.; Jos., Ant. 1, 191; Ath. 20, 3 ἐξ ἧς παῖς Διόνυσος αὐτῷ) γεννᾶν τινα ἐκ beget someone by (a woman; s. γεννάω 1a) Mt 1:3, 5, etc. ἐκ Μαρίας ἐγεννῄθη AcPlCor 1:14; 2:5; γίνεσθαι ἐκ γυναικός (Jos., Ant. 11, 152; Ar. 9, 7) Gal 4:4; cp. vs. 22f.—γεννᾶσθαι ἐξ αἱμάτων κτλ. J 1:13; ἐκ τ. σαρκός 3:6; ἐκ πορνείας 8:41. ἐγείρειν τινὶ τέκνα ἐκ Mt 3:9; Lk 3:8. (τὶς) ἐκ καρποῦ τ. ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ Ac 2:30 (Ps 131:11). γεννᾶσθαι ἐκ τ. θεοῦ J 1:13; 1J 3:9; 4:7; 5:1, 4, 18 (Just., A I, 22, 2); ἐκ τ. πνεύματος J 3:6 (opp. ἐκ τ. σαρκός). εἶναι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ (Menand., Sam. 602 S. [257 Kö.]) J 8:47; 1J 4:4, 6; 5:19; opp. εἶναι ἐκ τ. διαβόλου J 8:44; 1J 3:8 (cp. OGI 90, 10 of Ptolemaeus Epiphanes ὑπάρχων θεὸς ἐκ θεοῦ κ. θεᾶς).
    ⓑ to denote origin as to family, race, city, people, district, etc.: ἐκ Ναζαρέτ J 1:46. ἐκ πόλεως vs. 44. ἐξ οἴκου Lk 1:27; 2:4. ἐκ γένους (Jos., Ant. 11, 136) Phil 3:5; Ac 4:6. ἐκ φυλῆς (Jos., Ant. 6, 45; 49; PTebt I, 26, 15) Lk 2:36; Ac 13:21; 15:23; Ro 11:1. Ἑβρ. ἐξ Ἑβραίων a Hebrew, the son of Hebrews Phil 3:5 (Goodsp., Probs., 175f; on the connotation of ancestral ἀρετή Phil 3:5 cp. New Docs VII 233, no. 10, 5). ἐκ σπέρματός τινος J 7:42; Ro 1:3; 11:1. ἐξ ἐθνῶν Ac 15:23; cp. Gal 2:15. Cp. Lk 23:7; Ac 23:34. ἐκ τ. γῆς J 3:31. For this ἐκ τῶν κάτω J 8:23 (opp. ἐκ τ. ἄνω). ἐκ (τούτου) τ. κόσμου 15:19ab; 17:14; 1J 2:16; 4:5. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30.—To express a part of the whole, subst.: οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ the Israelites Ro 9:6. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας selfish, factious people 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου partisans of the law 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ πίστεως those who have faith Gal 3:7, 9; cp. the sg. Ro 3:26; 4:16. οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς the circumcision party Ac 11:2; Ro 4:12; Gal 2:12. οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς Tit 1:10. For this οἱ ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς Col 4:11. οἱ ἐκ τ. συναγωγῆς members of the synagogue Ac 6:9. οἱ ἐκ τῶν Ἀριστοβούλου Ro 16:10f. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22 (s. Καῖσαρ and οἰκία 3). In these cases the idea of belonging, the partisan use, often completely overshadows that of origin; cp. Dg 6:3.
    ⓒ to denote derivation (Maximus Tyr. 13, 3f φῶς ἐκ πυρός; Ath. 18:3 γένεσιν … ἐξ ὕδατος) καπνὸς ἐκ τ. δόξης τ. θεοῦ Rv 15:8 (cp. EpJer 20 καπνὸς ἐκ τ. οἰκίας). ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τ. Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν J 4:22. εἶναι ἔκ τινος come, derive from someone or someth. (Jos., Ant. 7, 209) Mt 5:37; J 7:17, 22; 1J 2:16, 21; εἶναι is oft. to be supplied Ro 2:29; 11:36; 1 Cor 8:6 ( Plut., Mor. 1001c); 11:12; 2 Cor 4:7; Gal 5:8. ἔργα ἐκ τοῦ πατρός J 10:32. οἰκοδομὴ ἐκ θεοῦ 2 Cor 5:1; χάρισμα 1 Cor 7:7; δικαιοσύνη Phil 3:9. φωνὴ ἐκ τ. στόματος αὐτοῦ Ac 22:14. Here belongs the constr. w. ἐκ for the subj. gen., as in ἡ ἐξ ὑμῶν (v.l.) ἀγάπη 2 Cor 8:7; ὁ ἐξ ὑμῶν ζῆλος 9:2 v.l.; Rv 2:9 (cp. Vett. Val. 51, 16; CIG II 3459, 11 τῇ ἐξ ἑαυτῆς κοσμιότητι; pap. [Rossberg 14f]; 1 Macc 11:33 χάριν τῆς ἐξ αὐτῶν εὐνοίας; 2 Macc 6:26). ἐγένετο ζήτησις ἐκ τ. μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου there arose a discussion on the part of John’s disciples J 3:25 (Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4 ζήτησις πολλὴ ἐκ πάντων ἐγένετο; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 24 §91 σφαγή τις ἐκ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐγένετο).
    ⓓ of the effective cause by, because of (cp. the ‘perfectivizing’ force of ἐκ and other prepositions in compounds, e.g. Mt 4:7; Mk 9:15. B-D-F §318, 5)
    α. personal in nature, referring to originator (X., An. 1, 1, 6; Diod S 19, 1, 4 [saying of Solon]; Arrian, Anab. 3, 1, 2; 4, 13, 6 of an inspired woman κατεχομένη ἐκ τοῦ θείου; Achilles Tat. 5, 27, 2; SibOr 3, 395; Just.: A I, 12, 5 ἐκ δαιμόνων φαύλων … καὶ ταῦτα … ἐνεργεῖσθαι, also D. 18, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 7, 85 H. ἐκ θεῶν σεσωσμένη; Ps.-Clem., Hom. p. 7, 19 Lag. τὸν ἐκ θεοῦ σοι ἀποδιδόμενον μισθόν): ὠφελεῖσθαι ἔκ τινος Mt 15:5; Mk 7:11. ζημιοῦσθαι 2 Cor 7:9. λυπεῖσθαι 2:2. εὐχαριστεῖσθαι 1:11. ἀδικεῖσθαι Rv 2:11. ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ἐλάλησα J 12:49 (cp. Soph., El. 344 οὐδὲν ἐξ σαυτῆς λέγεις).
    β. impersonal in nature (Arrian, Anab. 3, 21, 10 ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐκ τ. τραυμάτων; 6, 25, 4; JosAs 29:8 ἐκ τοῦ τραύματος τοῦ λίθου; POxy 486, 32 τὰ ἐμὰ ἐκ τ. ἀναβάσεως τ. Νίλου ἀπολωλέναι): ἀποθανεῖν ἐκ τ. ὑδάτων Rv 8:11. πυροῦσθαι 3:18. σκοτοῦσθαι 9:2. φωτίζεσθαι 18:1. κεκοπιακὼς ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας J 4:6 (Aelian, VH 3, 23 ἐκ τοῦ πότου ἐκάθευδεν). ἔκαμον ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ GJs 15:1.
    ⓔ of the reason which is a presupposition for someth.: by reason of, as a result of, because of (X., An. 2, 5, 5; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 42 §185 ἐκ προδοσίας; POxy 486, 28f ἐκ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς; Just., A I, 68, 3 ἐξ ἐπιστολῆς; numerous examples in Mayser II/2 p. 388; Philo, De Jos. 184 ἐκ διαβολῆς; Jos., Vi. 430; JosAs 11 παραλελυμένη … ἐκ τῆς πολλῆς ταπεινώσεως; Ar. 8, 6 ἐκ τούτων … τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τῆς πλάνης; Just., A I, 4, 1 ἐκ τοῦ … ὀνόματος; also inf.: 33, 2 ἵνα … ἐκ τοῦ προειρῆσθαι πιστευθῇ 68, 3 al.): δικαιοῦσθαι ἔκ τινος Ro 4:2; Gal 2:16; 3:24; cp. Ro 3:20, 30 (cp. εἴ τις ἐκ γένους [δίκαι]ος=has the right of citizenship by descent [i.e. has the law on his side]: letter of MAurelius 34, ZPE 8, ’71, 170); οὐκ … ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ he does not live because of his possessions Lk 12:15. ἐκ ταύτης τ. ἐργασίας Ac 19:25. ἐξ ἔργων λαβεῖν τὸ πνεῦμα Gal 3:2, 5; cp. Ro 11:6. ἐξ ἀναστάσεως λαβεῖν τ. νεκρούς Hb 11:35. ἐσταυρώθη ἐξ ἀσθενείας 2 Cor 13:4. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν as far as it depends on you Ro 12:18.—ἐκ τοῦ πόνου in anguish Rv 16:10; cp. vs. 11; 8:13.—ἐκ τούτου for this reason, therefore (SIG 1168, 47; 1169, 18; 44; 62f; BGU 423, 17=Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 480, 17) J 6:66; 19:12.
    ⓕ Sim. ἐκ can introduce the means which one uses for a definite purpose, with, by means of (Polyaenus 3, 9, 62 ἐξ ἱμάντος=by means of a thong) ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ Lk 16:9 (X., An. 6, 4, 9; PTebt 5, 80 [118 B.C.] ἐκ τ. ἱερῶν προσόδων; ParJer 1:7 [of Jerusalem] ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν σου ἀφανισθήτω; Jos., Vi. 142 ἐκ τ. χρημάτων); cp. 8:3.
    ⓖ of the source, fr. which someth. flows or comes:
    α. λαλεῖν ἐκ τ. ἰδίων J 8:44. ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύματος τ. καρδίας Mt 12:34. τὰ ἐκ τ. ἱεροῦ the food from the temple 1 Cor 9:13. ἐκ τ. εὐαγγελίου ζῆν get one’s living by proclaiming the gospel vs. 14.
    β. information, insight, etc. (X., An. 7, 7, 43 ἐκ τῶν ἔργων κατέμαθες; Just., A I, 28, 1 ἐκ τῶν ἡμετέρων συγγραμμάτων … μαθεῖν 34, 2 al.) κατηχεῖσθαι ἐκ Ro 2:18. ἀκούειν ἐκ J 12:34. γινώσκειν Mt 12:33; Lk 6:44; 1J 3:24; 4:6. ἐποπτεύειν 1 Pt 2:12. δεικνύναι Js 2:18 (cp. ἀποδεικνύναι Just., D. 33, 1).
    γ. of the inner life, etc., fr. which someth. proceeds (since Il. 9, 486): ἐκ καρδίας Ro 6:17; 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. (cp. Theocr. 29, 4; M. Ant. 3, 3). ἐκ ψυχῆς Eph 6:6; Col 3:23 (X., An. 7, 7, 43, Oec. 10, 4; Jos., Ant. 17, 177; 1 Macc 8:27). ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 Ti 1:5; 2 Ti 2:22; 1 Pt 1:22. ἐξ ὅλης τ. καρδίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. ψυχῆς σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. διανοίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. ἰσχύος σου Mk 12:30; cp. Lk 10:27 (Dt 6:5; cp. Wsd 8:21; 4 Macc 7:18; Epict. 2, 23, 42 ἐξ ὅλης ψυχῆς). ἐκ πίστεως Ro 14:23; cp. 2 Cor 2:17. Also of circumstances which accompany an action without necessarily being the source of it: γράφειν ἐκ πολλῆς θλίψεως write out of great affliction 2 Cor 2:4; Phil 1:17.
    ⓗ of the material out of which someth. is made (Hdt. 1, 194; Pla., Rep. 10, 616c; OGI 194, 28 [42 B.C.] a statue ἐκ σκληροῦ λίθου; PMagd 42, 5 [221 B.C.]=PEnteux 83, 5; POxy 707, 28; PGM 13, 659; Wsd 15:8; 1 Macc 10:11; Jdth 1:2; En 99:13; JosAs 3:9; Just., A I, 59, 1) of, from στέφανος ἐξ ἀκανθῶν Mt 27:29; J 19:2; cp. 2:15; 9:6; Ro 9:21; 1 Cor 15:47; Rv 18:12; 21:21; perh. also 1 Cor 11:12 ἡ γυνὴ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνδρός.
    ⓘ of the underlying rule or principle according to, in accordance with (Hdt., Pla. et al. [Kühner-G. I 461g], also OGI 48, 12 [III B.C.] ἐκ τ. νόμων; PEleph 1, 12 [312/11 B.C.] ἐκ δίκης; PPetr III, 26, 9 ἐκ κρίσεως; LXX, e.g. 1 Macc 8:30; Jos., Ant. 6, 296 ἐκ κυνικῆς ἀσκήσεως πεποιημένος τὸν βίον) ἐκ τ. λόγων Mt 12:37 (cp. Wsd 2:20). ἐκ τ. στόματός σου κρινῶ σε by what you have said Lk 19:22 (cp. Sus 61 Theod.; also X., Cyr. 2, 2, 21 ἐκ τ. ἔργων κρίνεσθαι). ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων on the basis of things written Rv 20:12. ἐκ τ. καλοῦντος Ro 9:12. ἐκ τ. ἔχειν in accordance w. your ability 2 Cor 8:11. ἐξ ἰσότητος on the basis of equality vs. 13.
    ④ marker used in periphrasis, from, of
    ⓐ for the partitive gen. (B-D-F §164, 1 and 2; 169; Rob. 599; 1379).
    α. after words denoting number εἷς, μία, ἕν (Hdt. 2, 46, 2 ἐκ τούτων εἷς; POxy 117, 14ff [II/III A.D.] δύο … ἐξ ὧν … ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν; Tob 12:15 BA; Sir 32:1; Jos., Bell. 7, 47; JosAs 20:2 ἐκ τῶν παρθένων μία Just., D. 126, 4) Mt 10:29; 18:12; 22:35; 27:48; Mk 9:17 al.; εἷς τις J 11:49; δύο Mk 16:12; Lk 24:13; J 1:35; 21:2. πέντε Mt 25:2. πολλοί (1 Macc 5:26; 9:69) J 6:60, 66; 7:31; 11:19, 45. οἱ πλείονες 1 Cor 15:6. οὐδείς (Epict. 1, 29, 37; 1 Macc 5:54; 4 Macc 14:4; Ar. 13, 6; Just., D. 16, 2) J 7:19; 16:5. χιλιάδες ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς Rv 7:4.
    β. after the indef. pron. (Plut., Galba 1065 [27, 2]; Herodian 5, 3, 9; 3 Macc 2:30; Jos., Vi. 279) Lk 11:15; J 6:64; 7:25, 44, 48; 9:16; 11:37, 46 al. Also after the interrog. pron. Mt 6:27; 21:31; Lk 11:5; 12:25; 14:28 al.
    γ. the partitive w. ἐκ as subj. (2 Km 11:17) εἶπαν ἐκ τ. μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ J 16:17.—Rv 11:9. As obj., pl. Mt 23:34; Lk 11:49; 21:16; 2J 4 (cp. Sir 33:12; Jdth 7:18; 10:17 al.).
    δ. used w. εἶναι belong to someone or someth. (Jos., Ant. 12, 399) καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ you also belong to them Mt 26:73; cp. Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58; J 7:50; 10:26; Ac 21:8; cp. 2 Cl 18:1. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τ. σώματος I do not belong to the body 1 Cor 12:15f; cp. 2 Cl 14:1.
    ε. after verbs of supplying, receiving, consuming: ἐσθίειν ἔκ τινος (Tob 1:10; Sir 11:19; Jdth 12:2; JosAs 16:8) 1 Cor 9:7; 11:28; J 6:26, 50f; Rv 2:7. πίνειν Mt 26:29; Mk 14:25; J 4:13f; Rv 14:10; χορτάζειν ἔκ τινος gorge w. someth. 19:21 (s. ζ below); μετέχειν 1 Cor 10:17; λαμβάνειν (1 Esdr 6:31; Wsd 15:8) J 1:16; Rv 18:4; Hs 9, 24, 4. τὸ βρέφος … ἔλαβε μασθὸν ἐκ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ the child took its mother’s breast GJs 19:2; διδόναι (Tob 4:16; Ezk 16:17) Mt 25:8; 1J 4:13. διαδιδόναι (Tob 4:16 A) J 6:11.
    ζ. after verbs of filling: ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς was filled w. the fragrance J 12:3 cp. Rv 8:5. χορτασθῆναι ἔκ τινος to be satisfied to the full w. someth. Lk 15:16. γέμειν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς be full of greed Mt 23:25.
    ⓑ in periphrasis for the gen. of price or value for (Palaeph. 45; PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.]; 119, 5 [c. 100 A.D.]; 131, 5; PLond II, 277, 9 p. 217 [23 A.D.]; BGU III, 916, 19 [I A.D.]; PAmh II, 133, 19 [II A.D.]; Jos., Ant. 14, 34; B-D-F §179) ἀγοράζειν τι ἔκ τινος Mt 27:7 (POxy 745, 2 [c. 1 A.D.] τ. οἶνον ἠγόρασας ἐκ δραχμῶν ἕξ; EpJer 24); cp. Ac 1:18; Mt 20:2.
    ⑤ marker denoting temporal sequence, from
    ⓐ of the time when someth. begins from, from … on, for, etc. ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός from birth (Ps 21:11; 70:6; Is 49:1) Mt 19:12 al.; also ἐκ γενετῆς J 9:1 (since Il. 24, 535; Od. 18, 6; s. also γενετή). ἐκ νεότητος (since Il. 14, 86; Ps 70:5; Sir 7:23; Wsd 8:2; 1 Macc 2:66; JosAs 17:4) Mk 10:20; Lk 18:21. ἐξ ἱκανῶν χρόνων for a long time 23:8. ἐκ πολλῶν χρόνων a long time before 1 Cl 42:5 (cp. Epict. 2, 16, 17 ἐκ πολλοῦ χρόνου. Cp. ἐκ πολλοῦ Thu. 1, 68, 3; 2, 88, 2; ἐξ ὀλίγων ἡμερῶν Lysias, Epitaph. 1). ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων Ac 15:21 (cp. X., Hell. 6, 1, 4 ἐκ πάντων προγόνων). ἐκ τ. αἰῶνος since the world began J 9:32 (cp. ἐξ αἰῶνος Sext. Emp., Adv. Math. 9, 76; Diod S 4, 83, 3; Aelian, VH 6, 13; 12, 64; OGI 669, 61; Sir 1:4; 1 Esdr 2:17, 21; Jos., Bell. 5, 442). ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτώ for eight years Ac 9:33; cp. 24:10. ἐξ ἀρχῆς (PTebt 40, 20 [117 B.C.]; Sir 15:14; 39:32; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 225; Ath. 8, 1) J 6:64. ἐκ παιδιόθεν fr. childhood Mk 9:21 (s. παιδιόθεν. Just., A I, 15, 6 ἐκ παίδων. On the use of ἐκ w. an adv. cp. ἐκ τότε POxy 486 [II A.D.]; ἐκ πρωίθεν 1 Macc 10:80).
    ⓑ of temporal sequence
    α. ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας day after day 2 Pt 2:8; 2 Cl 11:2 (cp. Ps.-Eur., Rhes. 445; Henioch. Com. 5:13 K.; Theocr. 18, 35; Gen 39:10; Num 30:15; Sir 5:7; Esth 3:7; En 98:8; 103:10).
    β. ἐκ δευτέρου for the second time, again, s. δεύτερος 2. ἐκ τρίτου Mt 26:44 (ParJer 7:8; cp. PHolm 1, 32 ἐκ τετάρτου).
    ⑥ various uses and units
    ⓐ blending of constructions, cp. Rob. 599f: ἐκ for ἐν (Hdt., Thu. et al., s. Kühner-G. I 546f; LXX, e.g. Sus 26 Theod.; 1 Macc 11:41; 13:21; Jdth 15:5) ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ δώσει Lk 11:13. μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ Mt 24:17. τὴν ἐκ Λαοδικείας (ἐπιστολὴν) ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀναγνῶτε Col 4:16.
    ⓑ like the OT use of מִן: ἔκρινεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ κρίμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς God has pronounced judgment for you against her Rv 18:20 (cp. Ps 118:84; Is 1:24; En 100:4; 104:3). ἐξεδίκησεν τὸ αἷμα τ. δούλων αὐτοῦ ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτῆς 19:2, cp. 6:10 (both 4 Km 9:7).
    ⓒ adv. expressions (Just., A I, 2, 1 ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ‘in every way’): ἐξ ἀνάγκης (ἀνάγκη 1). ἐκ συμφώνου by mutual consent (BGU 446, 13=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 257, 13; CPR I, 11, 14 al. in pap; cp. Dssm., NB 82f [BS 225]) 1 Cor 7:5. ἐκ λύπης reluctantly 2 Cor 9:7. ἐκ περισσοῦ extremely (Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 64; Lucian, Pro Merc. Cond. 13; Da 3:22 Theod.; Galen, CMG V/10/2/2 p. 284, 17 [-ττ]) Mk 6:51; 1 Th 5:13 v.l.; ἐκ μέτρου by measure = sparingly J 3:34. ἐκ μέρους (Galen, CMG V/10/2/2 p. 83, 24) part by part = as far as the parts are concerned, individually 1 Cor 12:27 (distributive; cp. PHolm 1, 7 ἐκ δραχμῶν Ϛ´=6 dr. each); mostly in contrast to ‘complete’, only in part 13:9 (BGU 538, 35; 574, 10; 887, 6; 17 al. in pap; EpArist 102). ἐξ ὀνόματος individually, personally, by name IEph 20:2; IPol 4:2; 8:2.
    ⓓ ἐκ … εἰς w. the same word repeated gives it special emphasis (Plut., Galba 1058 [14, 2] ἐκ προδοσίας εἰς προδοσίαν; Ps 83:8) ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν Ro 1:17.—2 Cor 2:16 (twice).—The result and goal are thus indicated Ro 11:36; 1 Cor 8:6; Col 1:16. AFridrichsen, ConNeot 12, ’48, 54.—DELG s.v. ἐξ. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐκ

  • 32 jugar

    v.
    1 to play (practicar un deporte, juego).
    jugar al ajedrez/a las cartas to play chess/cards
    jugar en un equipo to play for a team
    jugar a las muñecas to play with one's dolls
    te toca jugar it's your turn o go
    jugar limpio/sucio to play clean/dirty
    Ellos juegan en la arena They play in the sand.
    Ellos juegan tenis They play tennis.
    2 to gamble.
    jugar a la lotería to play the lottery
    * * *
    (u changes to ue in stressed syllables and g changes to gu before e)
    Present Indicative
    juego, juegas, juega, jugamos, jugáis, juegan.
    Past Indicative
    jugué, jugaste, jugó, jugamos, jugasteis, jugaron.
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperative
    juega (tú), juegue (él/Vd.), juguemos (nos.), jugad (vos.), jueguen (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VI
    1) [niño, deportista] to play

    ¡si seguís así yo no juego! — if you carry on like that I'm not playing!

    • jugar a algo — to play sth

    • jugar con algo — to play with sth

    • jugar contra algn — to play (against) sb

    2) (=hacer una jugada)
    a) [en ajedrez, parchís] to move

    ¿quién juega? — whose move o turn o go is it?

    b) [con cartas] to play

    ¿quién juega? — whose turn o go is it?

    3) (=pretender ser)

    • jugar a algo — to play at being sth

    4)

    • jugar con —

    a) (=manosear) [gen] to play around with, mess around with; [distraídamente] to toy with, fiddle with

    no juegues con el enchufe, que es peligroso — don't play o mess around with the plug - it's dangerous

    estaba jugando con un bolígrafo mientras hablaba — he was toying o fiddling with a pen while he spoke

    b) (=no tomar en serio) [+ sentimientos] to play with

    es importante permanecer en el poder, pero no a costa de jugar con la opinión pública — it is important to stay in power, but not if it means gambling with public opinion

    c) (=utilizar) to play with
    5) (=influir)

    • jugar en contra de algo/algn — to work against sth/sb

    • jugar a favor de algo/algn — [situación] to work in sth/sb's favour o (EEUU) favor; [tiempo, destino] to be on sb's side

    6) (=apostar) to gamble
    7) (Bolsa) to speculate
    8) LAm (Mec) to move about
    2. VT
    1) [+ partida, partido] to play

    jugar la baza de algo —

    ¡me la han jugado! — I've been had! *

    su mujer se la jugaba con otro — LAm his wife was two-timing him *

    baza 2)
    2) [+ papel] to play
    3) (=apostar) to bet

    jugar cinco dólares a una carta — to bet o put five dollars on a card

    4) LAm [+ fútbol, tenis, ajedrez, póker] to play
    5) †† [+ espada, florete] to handle, wield
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) ( divertirse) to play

    jugar al fútbol — (Esp, RPl) to play football

    ¿a qué jugamos? — what shall we play?

    b) (Dep) to play

    jugar limpio/sucio — to play fair/dirty

    c) (en ajedrez, damas) to move; ( en naipes) to play; ( en otros juegos) to play

    me tocaba jugar a mí — it was my turn/move/go

    d) ( apostar fuerte) to gamble
    e) (fam) ( bromear)

    ni por jugar: no lo hace ni por jugar — she wouldn't do it (even) if you paid her

    f) (Fin)

    jugaban al alza/a la baja — they were betting on a bull/bear market

    a) <persona/sentimientos> to play with, toy with
    b) ( manejar) <colores/luz> to play with
    3) factores/elementos ( actuar)

    jugar en contra de alguien — to work o count against somebody

    2.
    jugar vt
    1)
    a) <partido/carta> to play

    jugársela a alguien — to play a dirty trick on somebody

    b) (AmL exc RPl) <tenis/fútbol/ajedrez> to play
    2)
    a) ( apostar)
    b) ( sortear)
    3) <rol/papel> to play
    3.
    jugarse v pron
    a) ( gastarse en el juego) < sueldo> to gamble (away)
    b) ( arriesgar) <reputación/vida> to risk, put... at risk

    se lo jugó todo en el negocio — she staked o risked everything on the business

    jugarse el pellejo — (fam) to risk one's neck (colloq)

    c) ( apostarse) (recípr)
    * * *
    = gamble, play, game.
    Ex. In the case of bookshops the function of 'buying' calls for real skill since the bookseller is gambling with his (or her) capital in purchasing the goods.
    Ex. A man who witnesses said was intoxicated and playing with a handgun died last night after shooting himself in the head.
    Ex. The next thing you know, people will never leave their house for any real social interactions and everyone will be gaming all day long.
    ----
    * empezar a jugar mejor = get back into + the game.
    * jugar a la ruleta rusa = play + Russian roulette.
    * jugar a las apuestas = game.
    * jugar a las canicas = play + marbles.
    * jugar al azar = gamble.
    * jugar al dominó = play + dominoes.
    * jugar a los bolos = bowling.
    * jugar a lo seguro = play it + safe.
    * jugar a los juegos = game.
    * jugar bien + Posesivo + baza = play + Posesivo + cards right.
    * jugar bien + Posesivo + cartas = play + Posesivo + cards right.
    * jugar con = mess with, play + fast and loose with.
    * jugar con fuego = court + disaster, play with + fire, court + danger, flirt with + danger.
    * jugar de ala izquierda = play + the left wing.
    * jugar de extremo derecho = play + the left wing.
    * jugar juegos = play + games.
    * jugar juntos = play along with.
    * jugar limpio = play + fair.
    * jugar peligrosamente = flirt with + danger, court + danger.
    * jugarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * jugarse el cuello = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * jugarse el pellejo = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.
    * jugarse el tipo (por) = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for).
    * jugarse el todo por el todo = take + the plunge, risk + life and limb.
    * jugarse la cabeza = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * jugarse la camisa = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * jugarse la piel = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.
    * jugarse la vida = play + Russian roulette, risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb, bet + Posesivo + life.
    * jugárselo todo = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.
    * jugárselo todo a una sola carta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * jugar sobre seguro = play it + safe.
    * jugar un papel = play + role.
    * mientras juega = at play.
    * partido que se juega en casa = home game.
    * partido que se juega fuera de casa = away game.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) ( divertirse) to play

    jugar al fútbol — (Esp, RPl) to play football

    ¿a qué jugamos? — what shall we play?

    b) (Dep) to play

    jugar limpio/sucio — to play fair/dirty

    c) (en ajedrez, damas) to move; ( en naipes) to play; ( en otros juegos) to play

    me tocaba jugar a mí — it was my turn/move/go

    d) ( apostar fuerte) to gamble
    e) (fam) ( bromear)

    ni por jugar: no lo hace ni por jugar — she wouldn't do it (even) if you paid her

    f) (Fin)

    jugaban al alza/a la baja — they were betting on a bull/bear market

    a) <persona/sentimientos> to play with, toy with
    b) ( manejar) <colores/luz> to play with
    3) factores/elementos ( actuar)

    jugar en contra de alguien — to work o count against somebody

    2.
    jugar vt
    1)
    a) <partido/carta> to play

    jugársela a alguien — to play a dirty trick on somebody

    b) (AmL exc RPl) <tenis/fútbol/ajedrez> to play
    2)
    a) ( apostar)
    b) ( sortear)
    3) <rol/papel> to play
    3.
    jugarse v pron
    a) ( gastarse en el juego) < sueldo> to gamble (away)
    b) ( arriesgar) <reputación/vida> to risk, put... at risk

    se lo jugó todo en el negocio — she staked o risked everything on the business

    jugarse el pellejo — (fam) to risk one's neck (colloq)

    c) ( apostarse) (recípr)
    * * *
    = gamble, play, game.

    Ex: In the case of bookshops the function of 'buying' calls for real skill since the bookseller is gambling with his (or her) capital in purchasing the goods.

    Ex: A man who witnesses said was intoxicated and playing with a handgun died last night after shooting himself in the head.
    Ex: The next thing you know, people will never leave their house for any real social interactions and everyone will be gaming all day long.
    * empezar a jugar mejor = get back into + the game.
    * jugar a la ruleta rusa = play + Russian roulette.
    * jugar a las apuestas = game.
    * jugar a las canicas = play + marbles.
    * jugar al azar = gamble.
    * jugar al dominó = play + dominoes.
    * jugar a los bolos = bowling.
    * jugar a lo seguro = play it + safe.
    * jugar a los juegos = game.
    * jugar bien + Posesivo + baza = play + Posesivo + cards right.
    * jugar bien + Posesivo + cartas = play + Posesivo + cards right.
    * jugar con = mess with, play + fast and loose with.
    * jugar con fuego = court + disaster, play with + fire, court + danger, flirt with + danger.
    * jugar de ala izquierda = play + the left wing.
    * jugar de extremo derecho = play + the left wing.
    * jugar juegos = play + games.
    * jugar juntos = play along with.
    * jugar limpio = play + fair.
    * jugar peligrosamente = flirt with + danger, court + danger.
    * jugarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * jugarse el cuello = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * jugarse el pellejo = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.
    * jugarse el tipo (por) = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for).
    * jugarse el todo por el todo = take + the plunge, risk + life and limb.
    * jugarse la cabeza = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * jugarse la camisa = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * jugarse la piel = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.
    * jugarse la vida = play + Russian roulette, risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb, bet + Posesivo + life.
    * jugárselo todo = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.
    * jugárselo todo a una sola carta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * jugar sobre seguro = play it + safe.
    * jugar un papel = play + role.
    * mientras juega = at play.
    * partido que se juega en casa = home game.
    * partido que se juega fuera de casa = away game.

    * * *
    jugar [ A15 ]
    vi
    A
    1 (divertirse) to play
    ¿puedo salir a jugar? can I go out to play?
    ¡deja de jugar con el televisor! stop playing around o messing around with the television!
    jugar A algo to play sth
    jugar al fútbol/a la pelota to play football/ball
    ¿a qué jugamos? what shall we play?
    juegan a las cartas por dinero they play cards for money
    jugar a las muñecas to play with dolls
    juguemos a que yo era la maestra let's pretend I'm the teacher
    jugar A + INF:
    le gusta jugar a ser el jefe he likes playing (at being) boss
    está jugando a ser la hija modelo she's playing (the part of) the model daughter
    2 ( Dep) to play
    juegan mañana contra el Atlético they're playing (against) Atlético tomorrow
    jugar limpio (en deportes) to play fair; (en negocios) to play the game, play fair
    jugar sucio (en deportes) to play dirty ( colloq) (en negocios) to be underhand, play dirty
    3 (hacer una jugada — en ajedrez, damas) to move; (— en naipes) to play; (en otros juegos) to play, go ( colloq)
    ¿quieres jugar de una vez? will you hurry up and move/play?
    me tocaba jugar a mí it was my turn/move, it was my go ( colloq)
    4 (apostar fuerte) to gamble
    5 ( Inf) to game
    6 ( fam)
    (bromear): ¿tú le tiraste del pelo? — pero fue jugando or fue por jugar did you pull her hair? — I was only playing
    no sé por qué se ofendió, se lo dije jugando I don't know why he took offense, I was only joking o I only said it as a joke o in jest
    ni por jugar: no sube a un avión ni por jugar she wouldn't get on a plane (even) if you paid her
    7 ( Fin):
    jugaban al alza/a la baja they were betting on a bull/bear market
    1 (tratar sin respeto, sin seriedad) to play with
    ¿te das cuenta de que estás jugando con tu futuro? do you realize you're playing with your future o you're putting your future at risk?
    está jugando con tus sentimientos he's playing o toying with your feelings
    2 (manejar) to play with
    el artista juega con interesantes efectos de luz y sombra the artist plays with interesting effects of light and shade
    C
    «factores/elementos» (actuar): jugar a favor de algn to work in sb's favor
    jugar en contra de algn to work o count AGAINST sb
    ■ jugar
    vt
    A
    1 ‹partido/carta› to play ver tb carta
    jugársela a algn to play a dirty trick on sb, to do the dirty on sb ( BrE)
    2 ( AmL exc RPl) ‹tenis/fútbol/golf› to play; ‹ajedrez/póquer› to play
    B
    1 (apostar) jugar algo A algo to bet sth ON sth
    lo jugó todo al 17 he bet o put everything he had on number 17
    te juego una cerveza a que me cree I bet you a beer he believes me
    2
    (sortear): se juega mañana the draw takes place tomorrow
    C ‹rol/papel› to play
    1 (gastarse en el juego) ‹sueldo› to gamble, gamble away
    2 (arriesgar) ‹reputación/vida› to risk, put … at risk
    se lo jugó todo en el negocio she staked o risked everything on the business
    se jugaba su credibilidad ante el electorado he was putting his credibility with the voters on the line o at risk
    jugarse la vida or ( fam) el pellejo to risk one's life o ( colloq) one's neck
    nos habíamos jugado una comida y gané yo we'd bet a meal on it and I won
    * * *

     

    jugar ( conjugate jugar) verbo intransitivo
    1

    jugar a algo to play sth;

    jugar al fútbol (Esp, RPl) to play football;
    jugar a las muñecas to play with dolls;
    jugar limpio/sucio to play fair/dirty
    b) (en ajedrez, damas) to move;

    ( en naipes) to play;
    ( en otros juegos) to play;
    ◊ me tocaba jugar a mí it was my turn/move/go


    2

    a) ‹persona/sentimientos› to play with, toy with

    b) ( manejar) ‹colores/luz/palabras› to play with

    verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ‹partido/carta› to play

    b) (AmL exc RPl) ‹tenis/fútbol/ajedrez› to play

    2 ( apostar) jugar algo a algo to bet sth on sth
    3 ‹rol/papel› to play
    jugarse verbo pronominal

    b) ( arriesgar) ‹reputación/vida› to risk, put … at risk;


    c) ( apostarse) ( recípr):


    jugar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 to play: ¿jugamos a las casitas?, shall we play house?
    jugar al baloncesto/parchís, to play basketball/ludo o Parcheesi(tm)
    2 (no tomar en serio, manipular) jugar con, to toy with
    II verbo transitivo
    1 to play: jugamos una partida de ajedrez, we had a game of chess
    2 (suponer, representar) su hija juega un papel central en su vida, her life revolves around her daughter
    3 (apostar) to bet, stake
    ♦ Locuciones: jugar con fuego, to play with fire
    jugar limpio/sucio, to play fair/dirty
    Fin jugar a la baja, to speculate on a drop in prices
    ' jugar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    baja
    - bajo
    - banda
    - barrio
    - carta
    - defensiva
    - escondidas
    - prenda
    - punta
    - retozar
    - sucia
    - sucio
    - talla
    - tejo
    - trineo
    - adivinanza
    - bolita
    - bolo
    - bolsa
    - campo
    - chueco
    - condición
    - corro
    - dado
    - dama
    - dardo
    - disfraz
    - dominó
    - escondite
    - gozar
    - juega
    - limpio
    - mal
    - mano
    - muñeca
    - pelota
    - roña
    - ventaja
    English:
    advantage
    - away
    - because
    - bowl
    - can
    - clean
    - dice
    - fair
    - fast
    - fiddle about with
    - for
    - forfeit
    - fortunately
    - foursome
    - gamble
    - hate
    - hide-and-seek
    - home
    - leapfrog
    - limber up
    - line up
    - move
    - outlet
    - play
    - replay
    - rough
    - slot machine
    - trifle
    - trump
    - ball
    - bet
    - card
    - hide
    - hop
    - instrumental
    - musical
    - out
    - partner
    * * *
    ♦ vi
    1. [practicar un deporte, juego] to play;
    los niños juegan en el patio del colegio the children are playing in the playground;
    jugar al ajedrez/a las cartas to play chess/cards;
    jugar a la pelota/a las muñecas to play ball/with one's dolls;
    juegan a ser astronautas they're playing at astronauts;
    ¿a qué juegas? what are you playing?;
    Fam
    ¿tú a qué juegas, chaval? [en tono de enfado] what do you think you're playing at, pal?;
    les gusta jugar con la arena they like playing in the sand;
    jugar en un equipo to play for a team;
    te toca jugar it's your turn o go;
    jugar limpio/sucio to play fair/dirty;
    jugar a dos bandas to play a double game;
    jugar con fuego to play with fire;
    el que juega con fuego se quema if you play with fire you'll get burned;
    Fam
    o jugamos todos o se rompe la baraja either we all do it or nobody does
    2. [con dinero] to gamble (a on);
    jugó al bingo y perdió mucho dinero she played bingo and lost a lot of money;
    le gusta jugar en los casinos she likes gambling in casinos;
    jugar a la lotería to play the lottery;
    jugar a las quinielas to do the pools;
    le gusta jugar a los caballos he likes a bet on the horses;
    jugar a o [m5] en la Bolsa to speculate (on the Stock Exchange);
    Bolsa
    jugar al alza to try to bull the market, to speculate on share prices rising;
    Bolsa
    jugar a la baja to try to bear the market, to speculate on share prices falling;
    jugar fuerte to bet a lot of money
    3. [ser desconsiderado]
    jugar con alguien to play with sb;
    jugar con los sentimientos de alguien to toy with sb's feelings
    4. [influir]
    jugar a favor de alguien to work in sb's favour;
    el tiempo juega en su contra time is against her;
    el tiempo juega a nuestro favor time is on our side
    ♦ vt
    1. [partido, juego, partida] to play;
    [ficha, pieza] to move; [carta] to play;
    ¿jugamos un póquer? shall we have a game of poker?;
    jugó bien sus bazas o [m5] cartas she played her cards well
    2. [dinero] to gamble (a on);
    jugué 25 euros a mi número de la suerte I gambled 25 euros on my lucky number
    3. [desempeñar]
    jugar un papel [considerado incorrecto] to play a role;
    la creatividad juega un importante papel en nuestro trabajo creativity plays a very important part o role in our work
    * * *
    I v/t play
    II v/i
    1 play;
    jugar al baloncesto play basketball;
    jugar a la bolsa play the stock market;
    jugar con fuego fig play with fire;
    jugar limpio/sucio play clean/dirty
    2 con dinero gamble
    * * *
    jugar {44} vi
    1) : to play
    jugar a la pelota: to play ball
    2) apostar: to gamble, to bet
    3) : to joke, to kid
    jugar vt
    1) : to play
    jugar un papel: to play a role
    jugar una carta: to play a card
    2) : to bet
    * * *
    jugar vb
    1. (en general) to play
    ¡juguemos a las cartas! let's play cards!
    ¿juegas al fútbol? do you play football?
    2. (dinero) to bet [pt. & pp. bet]
    3. (apostar) to gamble

    Spanish-English dictionary > jugar

  • 33 εἰμί

    εἰμί (Hom.+) impv. ἴσθι, ἔσο IPol 4:1, ἔστω—also colloq. ἤτω (BGU 276, 24; 419, 13; POxy 533, 9; Ps 103:31; 1 Macc 10:31) 1 Cor 16:22; Js 5:12; 1 Cl 48:5; Hv 3, 3, 4;—3 pers. pl. ἔστωσαν (ins since 200 B.C. Meisterhans3-Schw. 191; PPetr III, 2, 22 [237 B.C.]) Lk 12:35; 1 Ti 3:12; GJs 7:2. Inf. εἶναι. Impf. 1 pers. only mid. ἤμην (Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 631; s. further below); ἦν only Ac 20:18 D, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Jos., Ant. 6, 104) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:67 and ἦς (Lobeck, Phryn. 149 ‘say ἦσθα’; Jos., Ant. 17, 110 al.; Sb 6262, 16 [III A.D.]) Mt 25:21, 23 al., 3 sg. ἦν, 1 pl. ἦμεν. Beside this the mid. form ἤμην (pap since III B.C.; Job 29:16; Tob 12:13 BA), s. above, gives the pl. ἤμεθα (pap since III B.C.; Bar 1:19) Mt 23:30; Ac 27:37; Eph 2:3. Both forms in succession Gal. 4:3. Fut. ἔσομαι, ptc. ἐσόμενος. The mss. vary in choice of act. or mid., but like the edd. lean toward the mid. (W-S. §14, 1; Mlt-H. 201–3; Rob. index; B-D-F §98; Rdm.2 99; 101f; Helbing 108f; Reinhold 86f). Also s. ἔνι.
    ① be, exist, be on hand a pred. use (for other pred. use s. 3a, 4, 5, 6, 7): of God (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 θεοί εἰσιν; Zaleucus in Diod S 12, 20, 2 θεοὺς εἶναι; Wsd 12:13; Just., D. 128, 4 angels) ἔστιν ὁ θεός God exists Hb 11:6; cp. 1 Cor 8:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν the one who is and who was (cp. SibOr 3, 16; as amulet PMich 155, 3 [II A.D.] ὁ ὢν θεὸς ὁ Ἰάω κύριος παντοκράτωρ=the god … who exists.) Rv 11:17; 16:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, in this and the two preceding passages ἦν is treated as a ptc. (for the unusual use of ἦν cp. Simonides 74 D.: ἦν ἑκατὸν φιάλαι) 1:4; 4:8 (cp. Ex 3:14; Wsd 13:1; Paus. 10, 12, 10 Ζεὺς ἦν, Ζ. ἔστι, Ζ. ἔσσεται; cp. Theosophien 18. S. OWeinreich, ARW 19, 1919, 178f). οὐδʼ εἶναι θεὸν παντοκράτορα AcPlCor 1:11. ἐγώ εἰμι (ins in the Athena-Isis temple of Saïs in Plut., Is. et Os. 9, 354c: ἐγώ εἰμι πᾶν τὸ γεγονὸς κ. ὸ̓ν κ. ἐσόμενον. On the role of Isis in Gk. rel. s. IBergman, Ich bin Isis ’68; RMerkelbach, Isis Regina—Zeus Sarapis ’95; for further lit. s. MGustafson in: Prayer fr. Alexander to Constantine, ed. MKiley et al. ’97, 158.) Rv 1:8 (s. ἐγώ beg.). ὁ ὤν, … θεός Ro 9:5 is classed here and taken to mean Christ by JWordsworth ad loc. and HWarner, JTS 48, ’47, 203f. Of the λόγος: ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. J 1:1 (for ἦν cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 4; 3, 1b ἦν σκότος, Fgm. IX 1 p. 422, 23 Sc. γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἦν).—Of Christ πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγὼ εἰμί before Abraham was born, I am 8:58 (on the pres. εἰμί cp. Parmenides 8, 5: of the Eternal we cannot say ἦν οὐδʼ ἔσται, only ἔστιν; Ammonius Hermiae [Comm. in Aristotl. IV 5 ed. ABusse 1897] 6 p. 172: in Timaeus we read that we must not say of the gods τὸ ἦν ἢ τὸ ἔσται μεταβολῆς τινος ὄντα σημαντικά, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἔστι=‘was’ or ‘will be’, suggesting change, but only ‘is’; Ps 89:2; DBall, ‘I Am’ in John’s Gospel [JSNT Suppl. 124] ’96).—Of the world πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι before the world existed 17:5. Satirically, of the beast, who parodies the Lamb, ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Rv 17:8. Of God’s temple: ἔστιν B 16:6f it exists. τὸ μὴ ὄν that which does not exist, the unreal (Sallust. 17 p. 32, 7 and 9; Philo, Aet. M. 5; 82) Hm 1:1. τὰ ὄντα that which exists contrasted w. τὰ μὴ ὄντα Ro 4:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:28; 2 Cl 1:8. Of God κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is out of what is not Hv 1, 1, 6 (on the contrast τὰ ὄντα and τὰ μὴ ὄντα cp. Ps.-Arist. on Xenophanes: Fgm. 21, 28; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 19 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα; Ocellus Luc. 12; Sallust. 17, 5 p. 30, 28–32, 12; Philo, Op. M. 81; PGM 4, 3077f ποιήσαντα τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι; 13, 272f τὸν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων εἶναι ποιήσαντα καὶ ἐξ ὄντων μὴ εἶναι; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 21] τὰ πάντα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι).—Of existing in the sense be present, available, provided πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος since a large crowd was present Mk 8:1. ὄντων τῶν προσφερόντων those are provided who offer Hb 8:4. οὔπω ἦν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39. ἀκούσας ὄντα σιτία when he heard that grain was available Ac 7:12.—Freq. used to introduce parables and stories (once) there was: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος there was (once) a rich man Lk 16:1, 19. ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τ. Φαρισαίων there was a man among the Pharisees J 3:1.—There is, there are ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί as there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5. διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσίν there are various kinds of spiritual gifts 12:4ff; 1J 5:16 al. Neg. οὐκ ἔστι there is (are) not, no (Ps 52:2; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 42 as a quot. from ‘tragedy’ οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί) δίκαιος there is no righteous man Ro 3:10 (Eccl 7:20). ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν there is no resurr. of the dead 1 Cor 15:12; οὐδʼ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24; cp. Mt 22:23; Ac 23:8 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14). εἰσὶν οἵ, or οἵτινες there are people who (Hom. et al.; LXX; Just., D. 47, 2 εἰ μήτι εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι etc.—W. sing. and pl. combined: Arrian, Ind. 24, 9 ἔστι δὲ οἳ διέφυγον=but there are some who escaped) Mt 16:28; 19:12; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 6:64; Ac 11:20. Neg. οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς there is no one who Mk 9:39; 10:29; Lk 1:61; 18:29. As a question τίς ἐστιν ὅς; who is there that? Mt 12:11—In an unusual (perh. bureaucratic terminology) participial construction Ac 13:1 ἡ οὖσα ἐκκλησία the congregation there (cp. Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394c οἱ ὄντες ἄνθρωποι=the people with whom he has to deal; PLond III 1168, 5 p. 136 [18 A.D.] ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις=on the adjoining areas there; PGen 49; PSI 229, 11 τοῦ ὄντος μηνός of the current month); cp. 14:13.—αἱ οὖσαι (sc. ἐξουσίαι) those that exist Ro 13:1 (cp. UPZ 180a I, 4 [113 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν).
    ② to be in close connection (with), is, freq. in statements of identity or equation, as a copula, the equative function, uniting subject and predicate. On absence of the copula, Mlt-Turner 294–310.
    ⓐ gener. πραΰς εἰμι I am gentle Mt 11:29. ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριήλ Lk 1:19. σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 3:11; J 1:49 and very oft. ἵνα … ὁ πονηρὸς … ἐλεγχθῇ [το? s. app. in Bodm.] μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15 (Just., D. 3, 3 φιλολόγος οὖν τις εἶ σύ).—The pred. can be supplied fr. the context: καὶ ἐσμέν and we are (really God’s children) 1J 3:1 (Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 58 θεοφιλεῖς οἱ χρηστοὶ λέγονται καὶ εἰσίν; Epict. 2, 16, 44 Ἡρακλῆς ἐπιστεύθη Διὸς υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ ἦν.—The ptc. ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν used w. a noun or adj.and serving as an if-, since-, or although-clause sim. functions as a copula πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11; 12:34.—Lk 20:36; J 3:4; 4:9; Ac 16:21; Ro 5:10; 1 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:3 al.).—W. adv. of quality: οὕτως εἶναι be so preceded by ὥσπερ, καθώς or followed by ὡς, ὥσπερ Mt 13:40; 24:27, 37, 39; Mk 4:26; Lk 17:26. W. dat. of pers. οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τ. ἀ. τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ so the Human One (Son of Man) will be for this generation 11:30. εἰμὶ ὡσ/ὥσπερ I am like Mt 6:5; Lk 18:11. W. dat. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ τελώνης he shall be to you as a tax-collector Mt 18:17. εἰμὶ ὥς τις I am like someone of outward and inward similarity 28:3; Lk 6:40; 11:44; 22:27 al. καθώς εἰμι as I am Ac 22:3; 1J 3:2, 7; 4:17.—W. demonstr. pron. (Just., A I, 16, 1 ἃ ἔφη, ταῦτά ἐστι: foll. by a quotation; sim. 48, 5 ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα; and oft.) τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία J 1:19. W. inf. foll. θρησκεία αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Js 1:27. W. ὅτι foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν J 3:19; cp. 21:24; 1J 1:5; 3:11; 5:11. W. ἵνα foll. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον, ἵνα πιστεύητε J 6:29; cp. vs. 39f; 15:12; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3. W. τηλικοῦτος: τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα though they are so large Js 3:4. W. τοσοῦτος: τοσοῦτων ὄντων although there were so many J 21:11. W. τοιοῦτος: τοιοῦτος ὤν Phlm 9 (cp. Just., A I, 18, 4 ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτά ἐστι).—W. interrog. pron. ὑμεῖς τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; who do you say I am? Mt 16:15; cp. 21:10; Mk 1:24; 4:41; 8:27, 29; Lk 4:34 al.; σὺ τίς εἶ; J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12 al. (cp. JosAs 14:6 τίς εἶ συ tell me ‘who you are’). σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων; (Pla., Gorg. 452b; Strabo 6, 2, 4 σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ τὸν Ὅμηρον ψέγων ὡς μυθογράφον;) Ro 14:4; ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην; (cp. Ex 3:11) Ac 11:17; τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ὅτι who am I, that GJs 12:2 (Ex 3:11). W. πόσος: πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; how long a time? Mk 9:21. W. ποταπός of what sort Lk 1:29.—W. relative pron. οἷος 2 Cor 10:11; ὁποῖος Ac 26:29; 1 Cor 3:13; Gal 2:6; ὅς Rv 1:19; ὅστις Gal 5:10, 19.—W. numerals ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 6:44 (cp. Polyaenus 7, 25 ἦσαν οἱ πεσόντες ἀνδρῶν μυριάδες δέκα); cp. Ac 19:7; 23:13. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ τῶν ἀνακειμένων L. was one of those at the table J 12:2; cp. Gal 3:20; Js 2:19. τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32. εἷς εἶναι be one and the same Gal 3:28. ἓν εἶναι be one J 10:30; 17:11, 21ff; 1 Cor 3:8.—οὐδʼ εἶναι τὴν πλάσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ θεοῦ (that) the creation of humankind is not God’s doing AcPlCor 1:13.—To establish identity the formula ἐγώ εἰμι is oft. used in the gospels (corresp. to Hebr. אֲנִי הוּא Dt 32:39; Is 43:10), in such a way that the predicate must be understood fr. the context: Mt 14:27; Mk 6:50; 13:6; 14:62; Lk 22:70; J 4:26; 6:20; 8:24, 28; 13:19; 18:5f and oft.; s. on ἐγώ.—In a question μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι; surely it is not I? Mt 26:22, 25.
    ⓑ to describe a special connection betw. the subject and a predicate noun ἡμεῖς ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος we are a temple of the living God 2 Cor 6:16. ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are our letter (of recommendation) 3:2. σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the seal of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2 and oft.
    ⓒ in explanations:
    α. to show how someth. is to be understood is a representation of, is the equivalent of; εἰμί here, too, serves as copula; we usually translate mean, so in the formula τοῦτʼ ἔστιν this or that means, that is to say (Epict., Ench. 33, 10; Arrian, Tact. 29, 3; SIG 880, 50; PFlor 157, 4; PSI 298, 9; PMert 91, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 16; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 56, 23; 78, 3 al.) Mk 7:2; Ac 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 8; Phlm 12; Hb 7:5 al.; in the sense that is (when translated) (Polyaenus 8, 14, 1 Μάξιμος ἀνηγορεύθη• τοῦτο δʼ ἄν εἴη Μέγιστον) Mt 27:46; Ac 1:19. So also w. relative pron.: ὅ ἐστιν Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; Hb 7:2. After verbs of asking, recognizing, knowing and not knowing (Antiphanes Com. 231, 1f τὸ ζῆν τί ἐστι;) μάθετε τί ἐστιν learn what (this) means Mt 9:13. εἰ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν 12:7; cp. Mk 1:27; 9:10; Lk 20:17; J 16:17f; Eph 4:9. W. an indir. question (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀγύλλα: τὶς ἠρώτα τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄνομα) τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26; τί εἴη τοῦτο 18:36. τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι what this means Ac 17:20; cp. 2:12, where the question is not about the mng. of terms but the significance of what is happening.—Esp. in interpr. of the parables (Artem. 1, 51 p. 48, 26 ἄρουρα οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ γυνή=field means nothing else than woman) ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος the field means the world Mt 13:38; cp. vss. 19f, 22f; Mk 4:15f, 18, 20; Lk 8:11ff (cp. Gen 41:26f; Ezk 37:11; Ath. 22, 4 [Stoic interpr. of myths]). On τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 and its various interpretations, see lit. s.v. εὐχαριστία. Cp. Hipponax (VI B.C.) 45 Diehl αὕτη γάρ ἐστι συμφορή=this means misfortune.
    β. to be of relative significance, be of moment or importance, amount to someth. w. indef. pron. εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν meat offered to idols means anything 1 Cor 10:19. Esp. εἰμί τι I mean someth. of pers. 1 Cor 3:7; Gal 2:6; 6:3; and of things vs. 15. εἰμί τις Ac 5:36.—Of no account ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν (telescoped fr. ἐλάχ. ἐστιν and εἰς ἐλάχ. γίνεται, of which there are many exx. in Schmid, I 398; II 161, 237; III 281; IV 455) it is of little or no importance to me 1 Cor 4:3.
    ③ be in reference to location, persons, condition, or time, be
    ⓐ of various relations or positions involving a place or thing: w. ἀπό: εἶναι ἀπό τινος be or come from a certain place (X., An. 2, 4, 13) J 1:44.—W. ἐν: ἐν τοῖς τ. πατρός μου in my father’s house Lk 2:49 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302 καταγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς Ἀντιπάτρου). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mk 10:32. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Mt 24:26. ἐν ἀγρῷ Lk 15:25. ἐν δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ at God’s right hand Ro 8:34; in heaven Eph 6:9.—W. εἰς: τὴν κοίτην Lk 11:7; τὸν κόλπον J1:18.—W. ἐπὶ w. gen. be on someth. of place, roof Lk 17:31; head J 20:7 (cp. 1 Macc 1:59); also fig., of one who is over someone (1 Macc 10:69; Jdth 14:13 ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ) Ro 9:5 (of the angel of death Mel., P. 20, 142 ἐπὶ τῶν πρωτοτόκων); also ἐπάνω τινός J 3:31.—W. dat. be at someth. the door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—W. acc. be on someone: grace Lk 2:40; Ac 4:33; spirit (Is 61:1) Lk 2:25; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό be in the same place, together (Gen 29:2 v.l.) Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44; 1 Cor 7:5.—W. κατά w. acc. εἶναι κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν be in Judea Ac 11:1; εἶναι ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν were at Antioch in the congregation there 13:1.—W. ὑπό w. acc. τι or τινα of place be under someth. J 1:48; 1 Cor 10:1.—W. παρά w. acc. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν by the sea- (i.e. lake-) shore Mk 5:21; Ac 10:6.—W. πρός τι be close to, facing someth. Mk 4:1.—W. adv. of place ἐγγύς τινι near someth. Ac 9:38; 27:8. μακρὰν (ἀπό) Mk 12:34; J 21:8; Eph 2:13; also πόρρω Lk 14:32. χωρίς τινος without someth. Hb 12:8. ἐνθάδε Ac 16:28. ἔσω J 20:26. ἀπέναντί τινος Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2). ἐκτός τινος 1 Cor 6:18; ἀντίπερά τινος Lk 8:26; ὁμοῦ J 21:2; οὗ Mt 2:9; ὅπου Mk 2:4; 5:40. ὧδε Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. Also w. fut. mng. (ESchwartz, GGN 1908, 161 n.; on the fut. use of the pres. cp. POxy 531, 22 [II A.D.] ἔστι δὲ τοῦ Τῦβι μηνὸς σοὶ ὸ̔ θέλεις) ὅπου εἰμί J 7:34, 36; 12:26; 14:3; 17:24. As pred., to denote a relatively long stay at a place, stay, reside ἴσθι ἐκεῖ stay there Mt 2:13, cp. vs. 15; ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις in lonely places Mk 1:45; ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν he stayed by the lakeside 5:21.
    ⓑ involving humans or transcendent beings: w. adv. ἔμπροσθέν τινος Lk 14:2. ἔναντί τινος Ac 8:21; ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 14:10; Ac 4:19; 1 Pt 3:4; Rv 7:15; ἐντός τινος Lk 17:21; ἐγγύς τινος J 11:18; 19:20; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14).—W. prep. ἐν τινί equiv. to ἔκ τινος εἶναι be among Mt 27:56; cp. Mk 15:40; Ro 1:6. Of God, who is among his people 1 Cor 14:25 (Is 45:14; Jer 14:9); of the Spirit J 14:17. Of persons under Christ’s direction: ἐν θεῷ 1J 2:5; 5:20 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 23, 1). ἔν τινι rest upon, arise from someth. (Aristot., Pol. 7, 1, 3 [1323b, 1] ἐν ἀρετῇ; Sir 9:16) Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 2:5; Eph 5:18.—εἴς τινα be directed, inclined toward Ac 23:30; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Pt 1:21.—κατά w. gen. be against someone (Sir 6:12) Mt 12:30; Mk 9:40 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. ὑπέρ); Gal 5:23.—σύν τινι be with someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 181) Lk 22:56; 24:44; Ac 13:7; accompany, associate w. someone Lk 8:38; Ac 4:13; 22:9; take sides with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37; 7, 5, 77; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 [of God]) Ac 14:4.—πρός τινα be with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; J 1:1f. I am to be compared w. IMg 12.—μετά and gen. be with someone (Judg 14:11) Mt 17:17; Mk 3:14; 5:18; J 3:26; 12:17; ἔστω μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰρήνη AcPlCor 2:40; of God, who is with someone (Gen 21:20; Judg 6:13 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 4; Jos., Ant. 6, 181; 15, 138) Lk 1:66; J 3:2; 8:29; Ac 10:38 al.; also be with in the sense be favorable to, in league with (Ex 23:2) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23; of punishment attending a pers. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ AcPlCor 2:37.—παρά and gen. come from someone (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Just., D. 8, 4 ἔλεος παρὰ θεοῦ) fr. God J 6:46; 7:29; w. dat. be with, among persons Mt 22:25; Ac 10:6. W. neg. be strange to someone, there is no … in someone Ro 2:11; 9:14; Eph 6:9.—ὑπέρ w. gen. be on one’s side Mk 9:4 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. κατά); w. acc. be superior to (Sir 25:10; 30:16) Lk 6:40.
    ⓒ of condition or circumstance: κατά w. acc. live in accordance with (Sir 28:10; 43:8; 2 Macc 9:20) κατὰ σάκρα, πνεῦμα Ro 8:5. οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον not human (in origin) Gal 1:11.—Fig. ὑπό w. acc. be under (the power of) someth. Ro 3:9; 6:14f; Gal 3:10, 25.—W. ἐν of existing ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι of humankind: have its basis of existence in God Ac 17:28. Of states of being: ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:8; ἐν εἰρήνῃ Lk 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρᾳ at enmity 23:12; ἐν κρίματι under condemnation vs. 40. ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος suffer from hemorrhages Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43 (cp. Soph., Aj. 271 ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ; cp. TestJob 35:1 ἐν πληγαῖς πολλαῖς). Periphrastically for an adj. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ authoritative Lk 4:32. ἐν βάρει important 1 Th 2:7. ἐν τῇ πίστει true believers, believing 2 Cor 13:5. Be involved in someth. ἐν ἑορτῇ be at the festival=take part in it J 2:23. ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι devote yourself to these things 1 Ti 4:15 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 8, 7 ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντες=occupied w. such things; Jos., Ant. 2, 346 ἐν ὕμνοις ἦσαν=they occupied themselves w. the singing of hymns).—Fig., live in the light 1J 2:9; cp. vs. 11; 1 Th 5:4; in the flesh Ro 7:5; 8:8; AcPlCor 1:6. ἐν οἷς εἰμι in the situation in which I find myself Phil 4:11 (X., Hell. 4, 2, 1; Diod S 12, 63, 5; 12, 66, 4; Appian, Hann. 55 §228 ἐν τούτοις ἦν=he was in this situation; Jos., Ant. 7, 232 ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν=found themselves in this sit.; TestJob 35:6 ἐν τίνι ἐστίν; s. ZPE VIII 170). ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. Of characteristics, emotions, etc. ἔν τινί ἐστιν, e.g. ἀδικία J 7:18; ἄγνοια Eph 4:18; ἀλήθεια J 8:44; 2 Cor 11:10 (cp. 1 Macc 7:18); ἁμαρτία 1J 3:5.
    ⓓ of time ἐγγύς of καιρός be near Mt 26:18; Mk 13:28. πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν it is toward evening Lk 24:29 (Just., D. 137, 4 πρὸς δυσμὰς … ὁ ἥλιός ἐστι).
    ④ to be alive in a period of time, live, denoting temporal existence (Hom., Trag., Thu. et al.; Sir 42:21; En 102:5 Philo, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 7, 254) εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers Mt 23:30. ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν because they were no more 2:18 (Jer 38:15). ἦσαν ἐπὶ χρόνον ἱκανόν (those who were healed and raised by Christ) remained alive for quite some time Qua.
    ⑤ to be the time at which someth. takes place w. indications of specific moments or occasions, be (X., Hell. 4, 5, 1, An. 4, 3, 8; Sus 13 Theod.; 1 Macc 6:49; 2 Macc 8:26; Jos., Ant. 6, 235 νουμηνία δʼ ἦν; 11, 251): ἦν ὥρα ἕκτη it was the sixth hour (=noon acc. to Jewish reckoning) Lk 23:44; J 4:6; 19:14.—Mk 15:25; J 1:39. ἦν ἑσπέρα ἤδη it was already evening Ac 4:3. πρωί̈ J 18:28. ἦν παρασκευή Mk 15:42. ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 5:1. σάββατόν ἐστιν vs. 10 et al. Short clauses (as Polyaenus 4, 9, 2 νὺξ ἦν; 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν; exc. 36, 8 ἦν ἀρίστου ὥρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 248 ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν) χειμὼν ἦν J 10:22; ἦν δὲ νύξ (sim. Jos., Bell. 4, 64) 13:30; ψύχος it was cold 18:18; καύσων ἔσται it will be hot Lk 12:55.
    ⑥ to take place as a phenomenon or event, take place, occur, become, be, be in (Hom., Thu. et al.; LXX; En 104:5; 106:6.—Cp. Just., D. 82, 2 of Christ’s predictions ὅπερ καὶ ἔστι ‘which is in fact the case’.) ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ a popular uprising Mk 14:2. γογγυσμὸς ἦν there was (much) muttering J 7:12. σχίσμα there was a division 9:16; 1 Cor 1:10; 12:25. ἔριδες … εἰσίν quarrels are going on 1:11. δεῖ αἱρέσεις εἶναι 11:19. θάνατος, πένθος, κραυγή, πόνος ἔσται Rv 21:4. ἔσονται λιμοὶ κ. σεισμοί Mt 24:7. Hence τὸ ἐσόμενον what was going to happen (Sir 48:25) Lk 22:49. πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; when will this happen? Mt 24:3. πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; how can this be? Lk 1:34. Hebraistically (הָיָה; s. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 63–65) καὶ ἔσται w. fut. of another verb foll. and it will come about that Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 3:23 (w. δέ); Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).—W. dat. ἐστί τινι happen, be granted, come, to someone (X., An. 2, 1, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 255; Just., D. 8, 4 σοὶ … ἔλεος ἔσται παρὰ θεοῦ) Mt 16:22; Mk 11:24; Lk 2:10; GJs 1:1; 4:3; 8:3; τί ἐστίν σοι τοῦτο, ὅτι what is the matter with you, that GJs 17:2.—Of becoming or turning into someth. become someth. εἰς χολὴν πικρίας εἶναι become bitter gall Ac 8:23. εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (all Gen 2:24. Cp. Syntipas p. 42, 24 οὐκ ἔτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα); τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); εἰς πατέρα 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14; 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6); εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8.— Serve as someth. (IPriene 50, 39 [c. II B.C.] εἶναι εἰς φυλακὴν τ. πόλεως; Aesop., Fab. 28 H.=18 P.; 26 Ch.; 18 H-H. εἰς ὠφέλειαν; Gen 9:13; s. also εἰς 4d) 1 Cor 14:22; Col 2:22; Js 5:3.—Of something being ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται it will be more tolerable τινί for someone Lk 10:12, 14.
    ⑦ to exist as possibility ἔστιν w. inf. foll. it is possible, one can (Περὶ ὕψους 6; Diog. L. 1, 110 ἔστιν εὑρεῖν=one can find; Just., A I, 59, 10 ἔστι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι καὶ μαθεῖν; D. 42, 3 ἰδεῖν al.; Mel., P. 19, 127); neg. οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν it is not possible to speak at this time Hb 9:5. οὐκ ἔστιν φαγεῖν it is impossible to eat 1 Cor 11:20 (so Hom. et al.; UPZ 70, 23 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἔστι ἀνακύψαι με πώποτε … ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης; 4 Macc 13:5; Wsd 5:10; Sir 14:16; 18:6; EpJer 49 al.; EpArist 163; Jos., Ant. 2, 335; Ath. 22, 3 ἔστιν εἰπεῖν).
    ⑧ to have a point of derivation or origin, be,/come from somewhere ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου from Herod’s jurisdiction Lk 23:7; ἐκ Ναζαρέτ (as an insignificant place) J 1:46; ἐκ τῆς γῆς 3:31; ἐκ γυναικός 1 Cor 11:8 al. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων be of heavenly (divine), human descent Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30; Lk 20:4. Be generated by (cp. Sb 8141, 21f [ins I B.C.] οὐδʼ ἐκ βροτοῦ ἤεν ἄνακτος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ μεγάλου ἔκγονος; En 106:6) Mt 1:20. Esp. in Johannine usage ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι originate from the devil J 8:44; 1J 3:8. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου J 15:19; 17:14, 16; 1J 4:5. ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι 2:21; J 18:37 etc. Cp. 9 end.
    ⑨ to belong to someone or someth. through association or genetic affiliation, be, belong w. simple gen. (X., Hell. 2, 4, 36; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 230 τῶν Πυθαγορείων) οἱ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντες those who belong to the Way Ac 9:2. εἰμὶ Παύλου I belong to Paul 1 Cor 1:12; 3:4; cp. Ro 8:9; 2 Cor 10:7; 1 Ti 1:20; Ac 23:6. ἡμέρας εἶναι belong to the day 1 Th 5:8, cp. vs. 5. W. ἔκ τινος 1 Cor 12:15f; Mt 26:73; Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58 al. (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 17; oft LXX). ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα belong to the twelve 22:3. ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν who is a fellow-countryman of yours Col 4:9.—To belong through origin 2 Cor 4:7. Of Mary: ἦν τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δαυίδ was of David’s line GJs 10:1. Cp. 8 above.
    ⑩ to have someth. to do with someth. or someone, be. To denote a close relationship ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι rely on legal performance Gal 3:10. ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως the law has nothing to do with faith vs. 12.—To denote a possessor Mt 5:3, 10; l9:14; Mk 12:7; Lk 18:16; 1 Cor 6:19. Esp. of God who owns the Christian Ac 27:23; 1 Cor 3:23; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5). οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15 (cp. Just., A II, 13, 4 ὅσα … καλῶς εἴρηται, ἡμῶν τῶν χριστιανῶν ἐστι).—W. possess. pron. ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία Lk 6:20. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι Mk 10:40 (cp. Just., A I, 4, 2 ὑμέτερον ἀγωνιᾶσαί ἐστι ‘it is a matter for your concern’).—To denote function (X., An. 2, 1, 4) οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν it is no concern of yours Ac 1:7—Of quality παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι discipline does not seem to be (partake of) joy Hb 12:11.—10:39.
    ⑪ as an auxiliary: very commonly the simple tense forms are replaced by the periphrasis εἶναι and the ptc. (B-D-F §352–55; Mlt. 225–27, 249; Mlt-H. 451f; Rdm.2 102, 105, 205; Kühner-G. I 38ff; Rob. 374–76, 1119f; CTurner, Marcan Usage: JTS 28, 1927 349–51; GKilpatrick, BT 7, ’56, 7f; very oft. LXX).
    ⓐ (as in Hom et al.) w. the pf. ptc. to express the pf., plpf. and fut. pf. act. and pass. (s. Mayser 329; 377) ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες they had come Lk 5:17. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη their hearts were hardened Mk 6:52. ἠλπικότες ἐσμέν we have set our hope 1 Cor 15:19. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν the time has become short 7:29. ἦν ἑστώς (En 12:3) he was standing (more exactly he took his stand) Lk 5:1.
    ⓑ w. pres. ptc. (B-D-F §353).
    α. to express the pres. ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα supplies the wants 2 Cor 9:12 (Just., A I, 26, 5 Μαρκίων … καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἐστὶ διδάσκων; Mel., P. 61, 441 ἐστὶν … κηρυσσόμενον).
    β. impf. or aor. ἦν καθεύδων he was sleeping Mk 4:38. ἦσαν ἀναβαίνοντες … ἦν προάγων 10:32; cp. Lk 1:22; 5:17; 11:14 al. (JosAs 1:3 ἦν συνάγων τὸν σίτον; Mel., P. 80, 580 ἦσθα εὐφραινόμενος). ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀλήθινόν … ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον the true light entered the world J 1:9, w. ἦν introducing a statement in dramatic contrast to the initial phrase of vs. 8.—To denote age (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 al. Jac.; POxy 275, 9 [66 A.D.] οὐδέπω ὄντα τῶν ἐτῶν; Tob 14:11) Mk 5:42; Lk 3:23; Ac 4:22; GJs 12:3.—Mussies 304–6.
    γ. fut. ἔσῃ σιωπῶν you will be silent Lk 1:20; cp. 5:10; Mt 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17, 24 al.; 2 Cl 17:7 Bihlm. (the child) shall serve him (God).
    ⓒ w. aor. ptc. as plpf. (Aelian, NA 7, 11; Hippiatr. 34, 14, vol. I p. 185, 3 ἦν σκευάσας; ISyriaW 2070b ἦν κτίσας; AcThom 16; 27 [Aa II/2 p. 123, 2f; p. 142, 10]; B-D-F §355 m.—JVogeser, Z. Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 14; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, diss. Munich 1913, 20; SPsaltes, Gramm. d. byzant. Chroniken 1913, 230; Björck [διδάσκω end] 75; B-D-F §355). ἦν βληθείς had been thrown Lk 23:19; J 18:30 v.l.—GPt 6:23; 12:51. (Cp. Just., A II, 10, 2 διʼ εὑρέσεως … ἐστὶ πονηθέντα αὐτοῖς ‘they achieved through investigation’).
    ⓓ Notice esp. the impersonals δέον ἐστίν it is necessary (Pla. et al.; POxy 727, 19; Sir praef. ln. 3; 1 Macc 12:11 δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον) Ac 19:36; εἰ δέον ἐστίν if it must be 1 Pt 1:6 (s. δεῖ 2a); 1 Cl 34:2; πρέπον ἐστίν it is appropriate (Pla. et al.; POxy 120, 24; 3 Macc 7:13) Mt 3:15; 1 Cor 11:13.
    ⓔ In many cases the usage w. the ptc. serves to emphasize the duration of an action or condition (BGU 183, 25 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον ζῶσα ᾖ Σαταβούς); JosAs 2:1 ἦν … ἐξουθενοῦσα καὶ καταπτύουσα πάντα ἄνδρα). ἦν διδάσκων he customarily taught Mk 1:22; Lk 4:31; 19:47. ἦν θέλων he cherished the wish 23:8. ἦσαν νηστεύοντες they were keeping the fast Mk 2:18. ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες they were conversing for a while 9:4. ἦν προσδεχόμενος he was waiting for (the kgdm.) 15:43. ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent over Lk 13:11.
    ⓕ to emphasize the adjectival idea inherent in the ptc. rather than the concept of action expressed by the finite verb ζῶν εἰμι I am alive Rv 1:18. ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος he was obedient Lk 2:51. ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά he was very rich Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων you shall have authority Lk 19:17 (Lucian, Tim. 35 ἴσθι εὐδαιμονῶν). ἦν καταλλάσσων (God) was reconciling 2 Cor 5:19 (cp. Mel., P. 83, 622 οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἐκλεξάμενός σε; Ath. 15, 2 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ … καρπούμενος).—LMcGaughy, Toward a Descriptive Analysis of ΕΙΝΑΙ as a Linking Verb in the Gk. NT, diss. Vanderbilt, ’70 (s. esp. critique of treatment of εἰμί in previous edd. of this lexicon pp. 12–15).—Mlt. 228. B. 635. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἰμί

  • 34 εἰς

    εἰς prep. w. acc. (Hom.+; s. the lit. under ἀνά, beg., also ATheimer, Die Präp. εἰς, ἐν, ἐκ im NT: Progr. z. 24. u. 29. Jahresbericht des niederösterr. Landes-Real-u. Obergymnasiums Horn 1896; 1901; AOepke, TW II 418–32), indicating motion into a thing or into its immediate vicinity or relation to something.
    ① extension involving a goal or place, into, in, toward, to
    ⓐ into, toward, to after verbs of going, or those that include motion toward a place (also after subst. as ἄφιξις Tat. 37, 1 or πορεία 38, 1); so after ἄγω, ἀκολουθέω, ἀναβαίνω, ἀνάγω, ἀναχωρέω, ἀνέρχομαι, ἄπειμι, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀποδημέω, ἀποπλέω, γίνομαι δεῦρο, διαβαίνω, διαπεράω, διασῴζω, διέρχομαι, διώκω, εἰσάγω, εἴσειμι, εἰσέρχομαι, εἰσπορεύομαι, ἐκπηδάω, ἐκπλέω, ἐκπορεύομαι, ἐμβαίνω, ἐμβάλλω, ἐνδύνω, ἐξέρχομαι, ἐπανάγω, ἐπιβαίνω, ἐπιστρέφω, ἔρχομαι (s. Goodsp., Probs. 56f), εὐθυδρομέω, ἥκω, καθίζω, καταβαίνω (s. Goodsp., Probs. 52–54), κατάγομαι, καταντάω, καταπλέω, καταφεύγω, κατέρχομαι, μεταβαίνω, ὁρμάω, παραβάλλω, παραγίνομαι, πέτομαι, πλέω, πορείαν ποιοῦμαι, πορεύομαι, προάγω, συμβάλλω, συνάγομαι, συναναβαίνω, συνέρχομαι, ὑπάγω, ὑποστρέφω, ὑποχωρέω, φεύγω, χωρέω; s. these entries.
    α. extension toward, in the direction of, a specific place to be reached. Hence w. nouns that denote an accessible place εἰς τὸν οἶκον into the house Mt 9:7; synagogue Ac 17:10; heaven Lk 2:15; abyss 8:31. φεύγειν εἰς τὰ ὄρη Mk 13:14. W. names of places and countries to Spain Ro 15:24, 28. εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ vs. 25 al. Also on, in εἰς (τὰς) ὁδούς Lk 14:23; Mt 10:5, 10; εἰς ὁδόν Mk 6:8; 10:17. εἰς ἀγρόν 16:12. In another sense ἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος 3:13; Mt 15:29.—In the vicinity of, near, to (Jos., Vi. 115 εἰς τ. κώμην) εἰς (τὴν) θάλασσαν Mk 7:31; 3:7 v.l.; Mt 17:27. εἰς πόλιν (Hdt. 2, 169; 4, 200, 1; Diod S 15, 32, 2 παραγενόμενος εἰς πόλιν) J 4:5; cp. vs. 28. εἰς τό μνημεῖον 11:31, 38; 20:1, 3f (cp. vs. 6). ἐγγίζειν εἰς (Tob 11:1) Mt 21:1; Mk 11:1; Lk 18:35; 19:29. εἰς τοὺς φραγμούς to the hedges 14:23. κλίνειν τὸ πρόσωπον εἰς τ. γῆν toward the ground 24:5.
    β. with focus on the area within the point reached. After verbs of sending, moving, etc., which result in movement or include a movement of the body to, into, among εἰς τὴν πόλιν into the city Mt 26:18 al.; boat Mt 8:23; J 6:17; world J 1:9; εἰς τ. ναόν 2 Th 2:4; εἰς (τὸ) μέσον (Sir 27:12; cp. 48:17): ἔστη εἰς τὸ μέσον (X., Cyr. 4, 1, 1), he (came and) stood among them J 20:19, 26; cp. Mk 14:60; Lk 6:8, also ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μ. get up and come here Mk 3:3.—δέχεσθαι εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας take in (into) one’s arms Lk 2:28 (cp. Jos., Ant. 8, 28).
    γ. of movement directed at a surface of an area on, in: of striking (PRyl 145, 13f [38 A.D.] ἔδωκεν πληγὰς πλείους εἰς πᾶν μέρος τοῦ σώματος=gave many blows all over his body; cp. PTebt 39, 32) τύπτειν εἰς τ. κεφαλήν on the head Mt 27:30 (cp. Arrian, Anab. 2, 26, 4 ἐμβάλλειν εἰς τ. κεφαλήν). ῥαπίζειν εἰς τὴν σιαγόνα on the cheek 5:39.—εἰς τ. ὄμματα Mk 8:23; εἰς τ. ὁδόν 11:8; ἀναπίπτειν εἰς τ. ἔσχατον τόπον sit in the lowest place Lk 14:10; cp. vs. 8. εἰς τὴν χεῖρα, τοὺς πόδας on his hand, his feet Lk 15:22.
    δ. of a position within a certain area be at, be in, be on εἰς is freq. used where ἐν would be expected (s. 1bβ below; for Mark usage s. JO’Rourke, JBL 85, ’66, 349–51)—(Hdt. 7, 239, 1; Diod S 13, 101, 3; 20, 30, 2; Vett. Val. index III p. 394b; PTebt 38, 14 [113 B.C.] εἰς ὸ̔ν ἐνοικεῖ … οἶκον; POxy 294, 6 [22 A.D.]; 929, 12; BGU 385, 5; 423, 7; Kaibel 134; LXX. Cp. GHatzidakis, Einl. in die neugr. Gramm. 1892, 210f; Mlt. 62f, 234f; Rob. 592f; Rdm.2 14; 140; B-D-F §205; EOldenburger, De Or. Sib. Elocutione, diss. Rostock 1903, 26ff) εἰς τ. κοίτην εἶναι Lk 11:7. εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Mk 10:10. οἱ εἰς τ. οἶκόν μου (ὄντες) Lk 9:61. οἱ εἰς μακρὰν (ὄντες) Ac 2:39. καθημένου εἰς τὸ ὄρος Mk 13:3 (cp. Musonius 43, 18 H. καθῆσθαι εἰς Σινώπην). ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν (ὤν) he who is in the field 13:16. γίνεσθαι εἰς τὴν Καφαρναούμ happen in Capernaum Lk 4:23. εἰς συναγωγὰς δαρήσεσθε you will be beaten in the synagogues Mk 13:9. εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον he found himself in A. Ac 8:40 (cp. Esth 1:5 τοῖς ἔθνεσιν τοῖς εὑρεθεῖσιν εἰς τ. πόλιν; Gen 37:17). ἀποθανεῖν εἰς Ἰερ. Ac 21:13 (cp. Aelian, VH 7, 8 Ἡφαιστίων εἰς Ἐκβάτανα ἀπέθανε). κατοικεῖν εἰς Ἰερ. Ac 2:5; cp. Mt 2:23; 4:13; Ac 7:4; Hb 11:9 (cp. Thu. 2, 102, 6; X., An. 1, 2, 24; Num 35:33; 2 Ch 19:4). χάριν, εἰς ἣν στῆτε the favor in which you stand 1 Pt 5:12. ἔχειν βιβλίον εἰς τὰς χεῖρας have a book in one’s hands Hv 1, 2, 2. πηλὸς γάρ ἐσμεν εἰς την χεῖρα τοῦ τεχνίτου for we are clay in the hand of the artisan. εἰς ταύτην τὴν πόλιν in this city 2, 4, 3 al.—εἰς=at or on (BGU 845, 20f; τραπέζας … εἰς ἃς ἤσθιον οἱ πτωχοί TestJob 25:5) ὁ ὢν εἰς τ. κόλπον τ. πατρός who leans on the breast (or reclines in the lap) of the Father (=who is on intimate terms w. the Father, s. κόλπος) J 1:18. In AcPlCor 2:35 the prepositions εἰς and ἐν appear to be carefully distinguished: τὰ δεσμὰ εἰς τὰς χείρας ἔχω … καὶ τὰ στίγματα ἐν τῷ σώματί μου.
    ε. of presence in an area determined by other objects, esp. after verbs of sending, moving, etc. including ἀπολύω, ἀποστέλλω, βάλλω, βαπτίζω, δέχομαι, δίδωμι, ἐγκεντρίζω, ἐκβάλλω, ἐκπέμπω, ἐκχέω, ἐμβάπτω, ἐξαποστέλλω, καθίημι, μεταπέμπομαι, παρακύπτω, πέμπω, χαλάω; s. these entries. ἐμπίπτειν εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς fall among robbers Lk 10:36. εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mk 4:7; εἰς τ. λαόν Ac 4:17 et al., where the transl. depends on the verb in question. πνεύματος ἁγίου … ἀποσταλέντος εἰς αὐτήν (Μαρίαν) sent into her AcPlCor 2:5; cp. 2:10 ἔπεμψεν εἰς τοὺς προφήτας into the prophets; 2:14 κατέπεμψε … εἰς Μαρίαν.—ἔστη εἰς τὸ κριτήριον she stood before the tribunal GJs 15:2 (difft. J 20:19, 26, s. 1aβ).
    ⓑ of direction toward something without ref. to bodily motion.
    α. w. verbs of looking (fr. Od. 10, 37; Il. 3, 364; LXX) ἀναβλέπειν εἴς τι look up toward someth. (2 Macc 7:28; Sus 35 Theod.) Mk 6:41; Lk 9:16; Ac 22:13; cp. ἀτενίζω, βλέπω, ἐμβλέπω, ὁράω (Just., D. 112, 1).—ἐπαίρειν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς εἴς τινα raise one’s eyes toward someone Lk 6:20.
    β. after verbs of saying, teaching, proclaiming, preaching, etc. (Trag.; Hdt. 8:26, 3; Thu. 1, 72, 2; 5, 45, 1 and many later wr., incl. LXX) λαλεῖν εἰς τ. κόσμον say to the world J 8:26. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον εἰς ὅλον τ. κόσμον the gospel in the whole world Mk 14:9. εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 13:10; Lk 24:47. εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Th 2:9. εὐαγγελίζεσθαι εἴς τινα 2 Cor 10:16; 1 Pt 1:25; γνωρίζειν Ro 16:26. ἀπαγγέλλειν τι εἴς τινα Mk 5:14; Lk 8:34. διαμαρτύρεσθαι εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ, μαρτυρεῖν εἰς Ῥώμην bear witness in Jerusalem, Rome Ac 23:11. ἵνα εἰς Νινευὴ μὴ κηρύξῃ AcPlCor 2:29. In these and similar cases εἰς approaches ἐν in mng.; s. 1aδ.
    γ. The same is true of βαπτίζεσθαι εἰς τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mk 1:9 and νίπτεσθαι εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν J 9:7; these expr. look like exx. of the interchange of εἰς and ἐν, but were orig. formed on the analogy of X., Cyr. 1, 3, 5 ἀποκαθαίρει τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὰ χειρόμακτρα= lit. ‘into the towels’; cp. Epict. 3, 22, 71 ἵνʼ αὐτὸ (sc. τὸ παιδίον) λούσῃ εἰς σκάφην; Alciphron, Ep. 3, 7, 1; Athen. 10, 438e.
    ② extension in time, to, until, on
    ⓐ w. indication of specific time
    α. up to which someth. continues εἰς τέλος to the end (Epict. 1, 7, 17) Mt 10:22; 24:13; Mk 13:13. εἰς ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν until that day 2 Ti 1:12 (Ath. 2, 1 εἰς … τὴν σήμερον ἡμέραν). εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ Phil 1:10. εἰς Χριστόν until the coming of the Messiah Gal 3:24.
    β. for or on which someth. happens μεριμνᾶν εἰς τὴν αὔριον be anxious for tomorrow Mt 6:34; cp. Hs 6, 5, 3; εἰς τὸ μέλλον for the future 1 Ti 6:19. εἰς τὸ μεταξὺ σάββατον on the next Sabbath Ac 13:42. εἰς ἡμέραν (UPZ 66, 5 [153 B.C.]) for the day Phil 2:16; cp. Eph 4:30; Rv 9:15.
    γ. at which someth. takes place (Appian, Mithrid. 74 §321 ἐς ἑσπέραν=in the evening; Epict. 4, 10, 31 αὔριον ἢ εἰς τὴν τρίτην; En 1:1 οἵτινες ἔσονται εἰς ἡμέραν ἀνάγκης) εἰς τὸν καιρὸν αὐτῶν in their time Lk 1:20; εἰς τὸ μέλλον in the future 13:9. εἰς τέλος in the end, finally (Hdt. 3, 403; Gen 46:4; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 18, 2) 18:5 (B-D-F §207, 3 prefers mng. 3 below and ὑπωπιάζω 3; s. also Mlt-Turner 266). εἰς τὸ πάλιν=πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2; s. Schmid I 167; II 129; III 282; IV 455; 625. εἰς ταχεῖαν soon AcPlCor 2:3.
    ⓑ to indicate duration of time for, throughout (Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 4 p. 332, 16 Jac. εἰς νύκτα; Arrian, Anab. 4, 30, 1 ἐς τρεῖς ἡμέρας; Just., D. 2, 5 εἰς μακρὰν for a long time) εἰς ἔτη πολλά for many years Lk 12:19. εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας (αἰών 1b) forever Mt 21:19; Mk 3:29; 11:14; Lk 1:33; J 8:35 and oft. εἰς ἡμέραν αἰῶνος to the day of eternity 2 Pt 3:18. εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γενεάς for generation after generation Lk 1:50. εἰς τὸ διηνεκές forever Hb 7:3; 10:1, 12, 14 (cp. Thu. 2, 64, 3 ἐς ἀί̈διον).
    ③ marker of degree, up to: εἰς τέλος completely, fully, absolutely (s. Just, A I, 44, 12 and on τέλος 2bγ) 1 Th 2:16; B 4:7; 19:11; Hv 3, 7, 2; m 12, 2, 3; Hs 8, 6, 4; 8, 8, 5; 8, 9, 3.—J 13:1 combines in εἰς τέλος the mngs. to the end (s. 2aα above) and to the uttermost (cp. Appian, Mithrid. 58 §239 ἡμῶν ἀμυναμένων ἤδη καὶ ἀμυνουμένων ἐς τέλος=we have defended ourselves up to now and will defend ourselves ἐς τέλος). εἰς τὰ ἄμετρα 2 Cor 10:13, 15 (cp. PVat A 12=Witkowski 36, 12 [168 B.C.] εἰς τὰ ἔσχατα). εἰς περισσείαν 10:15. εἰς ὑπερβολήν (Eur., Hipp. 939; Aeschin., F. Leg. 4) 4:17. εἰς τὸ παντελές (q.v. 2) Lk 13:11; Hb 7:25 (Tat. 6, 1).
    ④ marker of goals involving affective/abstract/suitability aspects, into, to
    ⓐ of entry into a state of being w. verbs of going, coming, leading, etc., used in a fig. sense: ἀπέρχεσθαι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον Mt 25:46 (cp. Sir 41:10). εἰσφέρειν εἰς πειρασμόν 6:13. πορεύεσθαι εἰς θάνατον Lk 22:33. ὑπάγειν εἰς ἀπώλειαν Rv 17:8, 11. βάλλειν εἰς θλῖψιν 2:22. παραδιδόναι εἰς θλῖψιν Mt 24:9; cp. 2 Cor 4:11; Lk 24:20. συγκλείειν εἰς ἀπείθειαν Ro 11:32. ἐμπίπτειν εἰς κρίμα 1 Ti 3:6f; cp. 6:9 (and Ath. 24, 5 εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν πεσόντες παρθένων). ἄγειν εἰς μετάνοιαν Ro 2:4; cp. Hb 2:10 εἰς δόξαν. (Just., A I, 10, 4 εἰς πίστιν; 42, 11 εἰς ἐπίστασιν καὶ ἀνάμνησιν.) αἰχμαλωτίζειν εἰς ὑπακοήν 2 Cor 10:5. ἀνακαινίζειν εἰς μετάνοιαν Hb 6:6; cp. 2:10. Sim. ἀπάγω, ἀποβαίνω, εἰσέρχομαι, εἰσφέρω, ἐκβάλλω, ἐλευθερόω, ἐπιστρέφω, κατευθύνω, μεταβαίνω, ὁδηγέω et al.; s. these entries.
    ⓑ of change from one state to another w. verbs of changing: στρέφειν (Esth 4:17h; 1 Macc 1:39), μεταστρέφειν (Sir 11:31; 1 Macc 9:41; 3 Macc 6:22) τι εἴς τι Rv 11:6; Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4); Js 4:9. μεταλλάσσειν Ro 1:26. μετασχηματίζεσθαι (q.v. 2) 2 Cor 11:13f; μετατίθεσθαι εἰς turn away to Gal 1:6.
    ⓒ of actions or feelings directed in someone’s direction in hostile or friendly sense (Thu. 1, 38; 66; 130; X., Cyr. 1, 3, 5; Paus. 7, 9, 3; 7, 10, 2; Aelian, VH 11, 10).
    α. in a hostile sense (Arrian, Anab. 1, 1, 4; PEleph 1, 9 [311/310 B.C.] κακοτεχνεῖν εἰς Δημητρίαν; UPZ 170b, 47 [127 B.C.]): ἁμαρτάνειν εἴς τινα (Herodian 7, 9, 11; EpJer 12; Jdth 5:20; 11:10) sin against someone Lk 15:18, 21. βλασφημεῖν εἴς τινα (Bel 8 Theod.; Just., D. 122, 2) defame someone Mk 3:29; Lk 12:10; 22:65; θαρρεῖν εἴς τινα 2 Cor 10:1. ψεύδεσθαι εἴς τινα (Sus 55; 59 Theod.) Col 3:9. Also w. nouns and adj. (Paus. 7, 8, 4; PFay 12, 7 [c. 103 B.C.] ἀδικήματα εἴς με; En 97:7 μνημόσυνον εἰς ὑμᾶς κακόν) Ac 6:11; 23:30; Ro 8:7.
    β. in a friendly sense: μακροθυμεῖν 2 Pt 3:9. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Ro 12:16. So also πιστεύειν εἴς τινα trust or believe in someone Mt 18:6; Mk 9:42 and oft. (s. πιστεύω 1aε). Also w. nouns (OGI 49, 10 [III B.C.] φιλοτιμία εἰς; 51, 4; UPZ 22, 18 [162 B.C.]; 39, 5 εἰς τὸ θεῖον εὐσέβεια; 2 Macc 9:26 εὔνοια; Tat. 16:2 τῆς εἰς αὐτοὺς [δαίμονας] θρησκείας) ἀγάπη Ro 5:8; 2 Cor 2:4, 8; Col 1:4; 1 Th 3:12. ἐλπίς (2 Macc 9:20; Synes., Ep. 104 p. 264a εἰς τὸν κομήτην ἐ.) Ac 24:15. κοινωνία Phil 1:5 (Tat. 18, 2); πεποίθησις 2 Cor 8:22. δύναμις Eph 1:19. πίστις (Jos., Ant. 16, 48; 18, 334) Ac 20:21; 24:24; 26:18; Col 2:5; and adj. φιλόξενος 1 Pt 4:9; χρηστός Eph 4:32. διακονία Ro 15:31 (cp. the v.l. Ac 12:25 and s. JDupont, NovT 1, ’56, 275–303); 2 Cor 8:4. The context of 1 Pt 1:11 suggests consolation of Christians for the sufferings they endure in a hostile environment, hence REB: sufferings in Christ’s cause; for εἰς Χρ. construed genitivally (UPZ 180a II, 2 [113 B.C.] χωρὶς τοῦ εἰς αὐτὴν οἴκου; PTebt 16:9f contains a restoration of εἰς) s. NRSV ‘sufferings destined for Christ’ (for a parallel expr. in a hostile sense cp. Polyb. 1, 7, 12 τῆς εἰς ἐκείνους τιμωρίας; 1, 69, 7; 38, 1 [4], 13; s. [s.v. ἀνά beg.] Kuhring 13; Rudberg 201).
    ⓓ w. the vocation, use, or end indicated for, as: αἱρέομαι εἴς τι 2 Th 2:13. ἀφορίζω Ro 1:1; Ac 13:2. προγράφω Ro 15:4; Jd 4. ἀποστέλλω Hb 1:14. πέμπω Phil 4:16; 1 Th 3:2, 5. ποιῶ τι εἰς 1 Cor 10:31; 11:24. S. also under κεῖμαι, προορίζω, τάσσω, τίθημι.—εἰμὶ εἴς τι serve as someth. (s. εἰμί 6; also ins 134, 33ff fr. the Delphinion at Miletus [I A.D.] 1914; s. Dssm., LO 97, 1 [LAE 123]; Ar. 5, 1 ὕδωρ … εἰς χρῆσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων γέγονε) 1 Cor 14:22; for destruction Col 2:22; as a testimony Js 5:3. Used w. a noun σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, ἀτιμίαν a vessel meant for honorable, dishonorable use Ro 9:21; cp. vs. 22f; 2 Ti 2:20f; φύλλα τοῦ ξύλου εἰς θεραπείαν Rv 22:2. φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν a light serving as a revelation Lk 2:32. θεράπων εἰς μαρτύριον τῶν λαληθησομένων a servant to bear witness to what would be said Hb 3:5. (Cp. Just., A I, 66, 1 τὸ … εἰς ἀναγέννησιν λουτρόν). W. acc. of pers. (Just., A II, 12, 4 συκοφαντίᾳ τῇ εἰς ἡμᾶς; Tat. 17, 3 τὴν εἰς τοὺς μεμηνότας βοήθειαν) ἡ εἰς ὑμᾶς χάρις the grace meant for you 1 Pt 1:10. διδόναι εἴς τι pay out for someth., money for a field Mt 27:10.
    ⓔ w. the result of an action or condition indicated into, to, so that: αὐξάνειν εἰς ναόν grow into a temple Eph 2:21. πληροῦσθαι εἴς τι 3:19. λυπηθῆναι εἰς μετάνοιαν be grieved so that repentance takes place 2 Cor 7:9. Of prayer ἀναβαίνειν εἰς μνημόσυνον Ac 10:4. ὁμολογεῖν εἰς σωτηρίαν confess to salvation = so as to receive salvation Ro 10:10; cp. 1:16; 1 Pt 2:2; εἰς ἔπαινον κτλ. to praise etc. 1 Pt 1:7; εἰς βοήθειαν (1 Ch 12:17; Jdth 6:21; JosAs 23:4) Hb 4:16; cp. 10:39; Rv 13:3; Ro 6:16; 8:15; 13:4, 14; 1 Cor 11:34; 2 Cor 2:16 al.; εἰς κενόν (s. κενός 3) 2 Cor 6:1; Gal 2:2; Phil 2:16; 1 Th 3:5. σχίζειν εἰς δύο tear in two Mt 27:51; Mk 15:38. Cp. GPt 5:20 (cp. Polyb. 2, 16, 11; Lucian, Symp. 44, Tox. 54; 1 Km 15:29; Tob 5:3 S; 1 Macc 9:11; Ath. 18, 3 ᾠὸν … εἰς δύο ἐρράγη). W. subst. inf. foll. so that Ro 1:20; 3:26; 4:18; 6:12; 7:4; 1 Th 3:13; 2 Th 2:10f; Hb 11:3 al.
    ⓕ to denote purpose in order to, to (Appian, Liby. 101 §476 ἐς ἔκπληξιν=in order to frighten; Just., A I, 21, 4 εἰς προτροπήν ‘to spur on’) εἰς ἄγραν in order to catch someth. Lk 5:4. εἰς ἀπάντησιν, συνάντησιν, ὑπάντησίν τινι (s. these 3 entries) to meet someone, toward someone Mt 8:34; 25:1; J 12:13. εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς as a witness, i.e. proof, to them Mt 8:4; 10:18; 24:14 al. εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν for forgiveness of sins, so that sins might be forgiven Mt 26:28; cp. Mk 1:4; Lk 3:3; Ac 2:38. εἰς μνημόσυνόν τινος in memory of someone Mt 26:13; Mk 14:9; cp. Lk 22:19 al. (εἰς μνημόσυνον En 99:3). εἰς ὅ for which purpose (Hdt. 2, 103, 1) Col 1:29; otherw. 2 Th 1:11 with this in view; εἰς τί; why? (Wsd 4:17; Sir 39:16, 21) Mt 14:31; Mk 14:4; 15:34; Hm 2:5; D 1:5. εἰς τοῦτο for this reason or purpose Mk 1:38; Lk 4:43 v.l.; J 18:37; Ac 9:21; 26:16; Ro 9:17; 14:9; 2 Cor 2:9; 1J 3:8; Hs 1:9 (Just., A I, 13, 3). εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο for this very reason 2 Cor 5:5; Eph 6:22; Col 4:8. W. subst. inf. foll. (X., Ages. 9, 3, Mem. 3, 6, 2; Just., A I, 9, 5) in order to (oft. LXX; neg. μή in order not to; s. B-D-F §402, 2) Mt 20:19; 26:2; 27:31; Mk 14:55 and oft.—εἰς ὁδόν for the journey 6:8.
    ⓖ As in Mod. Gk., it is used for the dat., esp. the dat. of advantage, but also= for in general (X., An. 3, 3, 19 τ. ἵππους εἰς ἱππέας κατασκευάσωμεν; Lycurg. 85 διεκαρτέρουν εἰς τ. πατρίδα; UPZ 180a I, 7 [113 B.C.] τὸν εἰς Τάγην οἶκον ᾠκοδομημένον; BGU 37, 4f [51 A.D.] ξύλα εἰς τοὺς ἐλαιῶνάς μου wood for my olive orchards; PLond I, 43, 9 p. 48 [II B.C.]; PTebt 5, 77; POxy 37 I, 9; EpJer 9; Sir 37:7, cp. vs. 8; Jdth 14:2; Bel 3 Theod., vs. 22 LXX) εἰς πάντα τ. λαόν Lk 9:13; cp. 3J 5. εἰς ἡμᾶς Eph 1:19; cp. Col 1:25; 1 Th 4:10; Ro 10:12. χρείαν ἔχειν εἰς τ. ἑορτήν J 13:29; cp. Mk 8:19f; Gal 2:8; 1 Th 2:9; 5:15 et al.—εἰς is commonly used in speaking of the person for whom a payment etc. is made (Dssm., B 113–15; NB 23 [BS 117f; 194f]) 1 Cor 16:1; 2 Cor 8:4; 9:1, 13; Ro 15:26; Ac 24:17. εἰς λόγον τινός in an account for someth. (POxy 275, 19; 21 [66 A.D.]; 496, 10; 530, 15) Phil 4:15; cp. vs. 17. εἰς Χριστόν Phlm 6 prob. in honor of Christ (Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 7, 4 p. 266 εἰς θεούς; Pla., Lysis 205d ᾂδεις εἰς σαυτὸν ἐγκώμιον; Ps.-Pla., Minos 319c; Athen. 15, 667c; Synes., Ep. 75 p. 222b).
    ⑤ marker of a specific point of reference, for, to, with respect to, with reference to (Arrian, Anab. 6, 26, 3 τοῦτο τὸ ἔργον εἰς καρτερίαν ἐπαινῶ Ἀλεξάνδρου=I praise this deed with regard to Alexander’s endurance; Ath. 31, 1 οὐδὲν χείρους εἰς ἀρετῆς λόγον ‘none the worse in respect to excellence’) εὔθετος εἴς τι fit, suitable for someth. Lk 14:35; also εὔχρηστος 2 Ti 4:11. ἡτοιμασμένος ready for 2:21. εὐκαιρέω εἴς τι Ac 17:21. ἱκανόω Col 1:12. ἰσχύω Mt 5:13. περισσεύω 2 Cor 9:8. συνεργέω Ro 8:28. τοῦτο οὐκ εἰς ταύτας τ. ἡμέρας λέγω I say this not with reference to these days Hs 9, 26, 6.—After the verbs ἀπορέομαι, διακρίνομαι, καυχάομαι, παρρησίαν ἔχω, s. these entries. After the adj. ἄκαρπος, ἀκέραιος, βραδύς, σοφός, συνεργός, ὑπήκοος, φρόνιμος, s. these entries. W. acc. of pers. ἀσθενεῖν εἴς τινα be weak toward someone 2 Cor 13:3. εὐδοκεῖν 2 Pt 1:17. λέγειν εἴς τινα say w. reference to someone (Diod S 11, 50, 4; Just., D. 77, 1 εἰς Χριστὸν … εἰρῆσθαι) Ac 2:25.—On Ro 6:17 s. παραδίδωμι 1b end. δέχομαί τινα εἰς ὄνομά τινος Mt 10:41f; s. ὄνομα 1dγא.
    ⑥ marker of a guarantee, by ὀμνύναι εἴς τι swear by someth. Mt 5:35 (cp. PGiss 66, 8f [early II A.D.] ἐρωτῶ εἰς τὴν τ. θεῶν εὐσέβειαν; but the sole use of εἰς in a series of datives w. ἐν may reflect bilingualism; for prob. Hb. perspective, s. M’Neile, comm. ad loc).
    ⑦ distributive marker: w. numbers εἰς is distributive ‘-fold’ (cp. ἐστρίς ‘until three times’ Pind., O. 2, 68; GDI IV p. 884, n62, 36 [IV B.C.]) Mk 4:8 v.l. (otherw. ἐς τετρακοσίους, ἐς ὀγδοήκοντα about 400, about 80: Arrian, Anab. 5, 15, 2; 6, 2, 4; 7, 20, 3).
    ⑧ The predicate nom. and the predicate acc. are somet. replaced by εἰς w. acc. under Semitic influence, which has strengthened Gk. tendencies in the same direction:
    ⓐ predicate nom.
    α. w. γίνεσθαι (PFay 119, 34 [100 A.D.] ἵνα μὴ εἰς ψωμίον γένηται; Wsd 14:11; 1 Macc 1:36; 10:70; Jdth 5:10, 18 al.) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:22). ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον Lk 13:19; cp. J 16:20; Ac 5:36; Rv 8:11; 16:19.
    β. w. εἶναι (Bar 2:23; Jdth 5:21, 24; Sir 31:10 et al.) Mt 19:5 (Gen 2:24); Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5; 8:10 (in the last 3 pass. OT expressions are also reproduced). Not fr. the OT: 1J 5:8.
    γ. λογίζεσθαι εἰς (Wsd 2:16; 1 Macc 2:52) Ro 4:3 (Gen 15:6); cp. 2:26; 9:8. λ. εἰς οὐθέν (Is 40:17; Wsd 3:17; cp. 9:6) Ac 19:27.
    ⓑ predicate acc. (Heliod. 6, 14, 1 τ. πήραν εἰς καθέδραν ποιησαμένη=she used the knapsack as a seat; Vett. Val. 59, 7; 1 Macc 10:54; 11:62; Jdth 5:11 al.; JosAs 13:12 παράθου με αὐτῷ εἰς παιδίσκην) ἐγείρειν τινὰ εἰς βασιλέα Ac 13:22 (cp. 1 Km 13:14). ἀνατρέφεσθαί τινα εἰς υἱόν 7:21 (cp. Ex 2:10). τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν 13:47 (cp. Is 49:6). Cp. Mt 21:46; 1 Cl 42:4.—B-D-F §145; 157, 5; Rdm.2 20f; Mlt. 71f; Mlt-H. 462. Johannessohn, Kasus 4f.
    ⑨ marker of instrumentality, by, with (Arrian, Anab. 5, 12, 3 ἐς ἀκρίβειαν=with care; Vi. Aesopi I G 7 P. νικᾶν εἰς εὐσέβειαν πάντα ψόγον=overcome all censure with piety) εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων Ac 7:53 (=ἐν διαταγαῖς, B-D-F §206, 1). Sim. ὕπαγε εἰς εἰρήνην (1 Km 1:17) Mk 5:34; Lk 7:50; 8:48 (=ἐν εἰρήνῃ). Mlt-Turner 254f.
    ⑩ Other uses of εἰς
    ⓐ at, in the face of μετανοεῖν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα repent at the proclamation Mt 12:41; Lk 11:32; cp. Ro 4:20 and perh. Mt 3:11. JMantey, JBL 70, ’51, 45–48, 309–11 argues for a causal use here because of the proclam., with reff.; against him RMarcus, ibid. 129f; 71, ’52, 43f; JDavis, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 80–88.
    ⓑ for βαπτίζω εἰς s. βαπτίζω 2c.
    ⓒ μένειν εἰς remain with (PFay 111, 12 [95/96 A.D.]) so perh. J 6:27.
    ⓓ in pregnant constructions: σῴζειν εἰς bring safely into 2 Ti 4:18 (cp. X., An. 6, 4, 8; Diod S 2, 48; Cebes 27; SIG 521, 26 [III B.C.], OGI 56, 11; 4 Macc 15:3). διασῴζειν 1 Pt 3:20 (cp. Gen 19:19). μισθοῦσθαι ἐργάτας εἰς τ. ἀμπελῶνα to go into the vineyard Mt 20:1. ἐλευθεροῦσθαι εἰς be freed and come to Ro 8:21. ἀποδιδόναι τινὰ εἰς Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:9 (cp. Gen 37:28). ἔνοχος εἰς τ. γέενναν Mt 5:22; cp. 10:9; Mk 6:8; J 20:7.—DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἰς

  • 35 desolado

    adj.
    1 desolate, devastated, bleak, deserted.
    2 heartbroken, bereaved, broken, devastated.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: desolar.
    * * *
    1→ link=desolar desolar
    1 (devastado) desolated, devastated
    2 (triste) distressed, heartbroken
    * * *
    ADJ
    1) [lugar] desolate
    2) [persona] devastated
    * * *
    - da adjetivo
    1) <paisaje/campos> desolate; < ciudad> devastated
    2) ( afligido) desolated, devastated
    * * *
    = deserted, bereft, desolate, forsaken.
    Ex. The best sequence in the movie takes place at a deserted train station where the children play hide and seek amongst the abandoned train cars.
    Ex. I recalled how bereft we felt when we lost our son and how friends and neighbours rallied round and offered a shoulder to cry on.
    Ex. The first option means fighting the resistance, brutalizing, barbarizing and dehumanising both ourselves and our victims, and resulting, at best, in a desolate and desocialized state.
    Ex. She was his only intimate friend for years before he died, for he was a most lonely forsaken man.
    * * *
    - da adjetivo
    1) <paisaje/campos> desolate; < ciudad> devastated
    2) ( afligido) desolated, devastated
    * * *
    = deserted, bereft, desolate, forsaken.

    Ex: The best sequence in the movie takes place at a deserted train station where the children play hide and seek amongst the abandoned train cars.

    Ex: I recalled how bereft we felt when we lost our son and how friends and neighbours rallied round and offered a shoulder to cry on.
    Ex: The first option means fighting the resistance, brutalizing, barbarizing and dehumanising both ourselves and our victims, and resulting, at best, in a desolate and desocialized state.
    Ex: She was his only intimate friend for years before he died, for he was a most lonely forsaken man.

    * * *
    A ‹paisaje/campos› desolate; ‹ciudad› devastated
    B (afligido) desolated, devastated
    estaba desolada por la noticia de su muerte she was devastated o desolated by the news of his death, she was overcome with grief at the news of his death
    * * *

    Del verbo desolar: ( conjugate desolar)

    desolado es:

    el participio

    Multiple Entries:
    desolado    
    desolar
    desolado
    ◊ -da adjetivo

    1 ‹paisaje/campos› desolate;
    ‹ ciudad› devastated
    2 ( afligido) desolated, devastated
    desolar verbo transitivo to devastate
    ' desolado' also found in these entries:
    English:
    brokenhearted
    - forlorn
    - desolate
    * * *
    desolado, -a adj
    1. [paraje] [destruido] devastated;
    [sin vegetación] desolate
    2. [persona] devastated;
    estar desolado por algo to be devastated by sth
    * * *
    adj
    1 lugar desolate
    2 fig
    grief-stricken, devastated
    * * *
    desolado, -da adj
    1) : desolate
    2) : devastated, distressed

    Spanish-English dictionary > desolado

  • 36 oponerse a

    v.
    1 to oppose, to balk at, to fight, to act in opposition to.
    María enfrentó a la chismosa Mary confronted the gossip.
    2 to be opposed to, to refuse to.
    * * *
    (v.) = be averse to, combat, contravene, resist, be set against, be contrary to, be hostile to, stand up to, argue against, go + head-to-head with, be negatively disposed to, object to, stand in + opposition to, run up against, line up against
    Ex. Some respondents were not averse to describing IT merely as another bandwagon.
    Ex. The faithful adherents of the ideology of the finding catalog were determined to combat the unwelcome intrusion of Panizzi's scheme before the Royal Commission.
    Ex. Any mis-spellings, poor grammar and verbose phrasing and any other features that contravene good abstracting practice must be eliminated.
    Ex. Abstracts are, it must be noted, covered by copyright provisions, and an author may resist direct copying of his abstract.
    Ex. The difficulty for teachers is that they cannot just duck away when children, individually or corporately, are set against what is being asked of them.
    Ex. This is a rather unexpected conclusion, and is of course contrary to most of what has been stated in this text; it is also contrary to the experience of large numbers of librarians, who have found that controlled vocabularies are helpful in practice.
    Ex. Although he recognized the need for some forms of synthesis, Bliss was hostile to the idea of complete analysis and synthesis put forward by Ranganathan.
    Ex. In their role as mediator between the scholar and the information system, academic librarians should stand up to, and challenge the censorship and suppression that takes place during academic controversy.
    Ex. Some teachers argue against book clubs, claiming that they bring together only a certain kind of avid reader, the literary equivalent of the religiously effete and over-pious.
    Ex. We went head-to-head with those that wanted a uniform look for the whole library Website! = Nos enfrentamos a aquellos que querían un aspecto uniforme en el diseño de todo el sitio web de la biblioteca.
    Ex. The 2 remaining teachers -- the resisters -- were negatively disposed to the innovations and failed to implement them.
    Ex. In one library, the director objected to the category heading 'Gay, Lesbian, Bisexual, and Transgender' = En una biblioteca, el director se opuso a que se utilizase la categoría "Gay, Lesbiana, Bisexual y Transexual".
    Ex. Ideologies stand in opposition to scientific claims for truth.
    Ex. Some of the information from the EEC Government in Brussels is provided off the record, which sometimes runs up against the UK Government's wall of secrecy.
    Ex. The author examines claims by Microsoft's Bill Gates that networked computers have no future, and looks at the opposition lining up against him.
    * * *
    (v.) = be averse to, combat, contravene, resist, be set against, be contrary to, be hostile to, stand up to, argue against, go + head-to-head with, be negatively disposed to, object to, stand in + opposition to, run up against, line up against

    Ex: Some respondents were not averse to describing IT merely as another bandwagon.

    Ex: The faithful adherents of the ideology of the finding catalog were determined to combat the unwelcome intrusion of Panizzi's scheme before the Royal Commission.
    Ex: Any mis-spellings, poor grammar and verbose phrasing and any other features that contravene good abstracting practice must be eliminated.
    Ex: Abstracts are, it must be noted, covered by copyright provisions, and an author may resist direct copying of his abstract.
    Ex: The difficulty for teachers is that they cannot just duck away when children, individually or corporately, are set against what is being asked of them.
    Ex: This is a rather unexpected conclusion, and is of course contrary to most of what has been stated in this text; it is also contrary to the experience of large numbers of librarians, who have found that controlled vocabularies are helpful in practice.
    Ex: Although he recognized the need for some forms of synthesis, Bliss was hostile to the idea of complete analysis and synthesis put forward by Ranganathan.
    Ex: In their role as mediator between the scholar and the information system, academic librarians should stand up to, and challenge the censorship and suppression that takes place during academic controversy.
    Ex: Some teachers argue against book clubs, claiming that they bring together only a certain kind of avid reader, the literary equivalent of the religiously effete and over-pious.
    Ex: We went head-to-head with those that wanted a uniform look for the whole library Website! = Nos enfrentamos a aquellos que querían un aspecto uniforme en el diseño de todo el sitio web de la biblioteca.
    Ex: The 2 remaining teachers -- the resisters -- were negatively disposed to the innovations and failed to implement them.
    Ex: In one library, the director objected to the category heading 'Gay, Lesbian, Bisexual, and Transgender' = En una biblioteca, el director se opuso a que se utilizase la categoría "Gay, Lesbiana, Bisexual y Transexual".
    Ex: Ideologies stand in opposition to scientific claims for truth.
    Ex: Some of the information from the EEC Government in Brussels is provided off the record, which sometimes runs up against the UK Government's wall of secrecy.
    Ex: The author examines claims by Microsoft's Bill Gates that networked computers have no future, and looks at the opposition lining up against him.

    Spanish-English dictionary > oponerse a

  • 37 fondo

    m.
    1 bottom.
    doble fondo false bottom
    sin fondo bottomless
    su popularidad ha tocado fondo their popularity has reached an all-time low o rock bottom
    2 back.
    al fondo de at the end of; (calle, pasillo) at the back of (sala)
    3 depth.
    tener un metro de fondo to be one meter deep
    4 background.
    sobre fondo negro on a black background
    al fondo in the background
    5 heart, bottom.
    llegar al fondo de to get to the heart o bottom of
    el problema de fondo the underlying problem
    la cuestión de fondo the fundamental issue
    a fondo perdido non-returnable
    recaudar fondos to raise funds
    fondo de garantía de depósito deposit guarantee fund
    fondo de inversión investment fund
    fondo Monetario Internacional International Monetary Fund
    fondo de pensiones pension fund
    fondos reservados = contingency funds available to ministries, for which they do not have to account publicly
    7 catalog, collection.
    fondo editorial backlist
    8 reason, basis (fundamento).
    9 substance.
    de fondo long-distance
    de medio fondo middle-distance
    11 petticoat (combinación). (Colombian Spanish, Mexican Spanish)
    12 core, root, bottom.
    13 bed, lowest part.
    * * *
    3 (segundo término) background
    5 (aguante) stamina
    6 FINANZAS fund
    8 (motivo) reason; (raíz) root
    1 (dinero) funds, money sing
    \
    a fondo (adjetival) thorough 2 (adverbial) thoroughly
    a fondo perdido nonrecoverable, nonreturnable
    de... en fondo... abreast
    en el fondo figurado deep down, at heart
    reunir fondos to raise funds
    tocar fondo (barco) to touch bottom 2 figurado to reach rock bottom
    fondo de inversión investment fund
    fondo de pensiones pension fund
    Fondo Monetario Internacional International Monetary Fund
    fondo del mar sea bed
    fondo y forma form and substance
    fondos bloqueados frozen assets
    fondos disponibles available funds, liquid assets
    fondos públicos public funds
    * * *
    noun m.
    2) back, rear
    4) fund
    * * *
    SM
    1) [parte inferior] [de caja, botella, lago, mar] bottom; [de río] bed

    • los bajos fondos — the underworld

    • una maletín con doble fondo — a case with a false bottom, a false-bottomed case

    • irse al fondo — to sink to the bottom

    • en el fondo del mar — [gen] at the bottom of the sea; (=en el lecho marino) on the sea bed

    • sin fondo — bottomless

    la economía tocó fondo y el gobierno tuvo que devaluar la moneda — the economy reached o hit rock bottom and the government had to devalue the currency

    hemos tocado fondo y todo indica que la recuperación está muy próxima — the market has bottomed out and all the indications are that a recovery is just around the corner

    2) [parte posterior] [de pasillo, calle, nave] end; [de habitación, armario] back

    • al fondo, su oficina está al fondo a la izquierda — her office is at the end on the left

    3) (=profundidad) [de cajón, edificio, bañera] depth

    ¿cuánto tiene de fondo el armario? — how deep is the wardrobe?

    • tener mucho fondo — to be deep

    • tener poco fondo — [bañera] to be shallow; [cajón, armario] not to be deep enough

    4) (=lo fundamental)

    en el fondo de esta polémica late el miedo al cambio — at the heart o bottom of this controversy lies a fear of change

    • la cuestión de fondo — the basic o fundamental issue

    el problema de fondo — the basic o fundamental o underlying problem

    • la forma y el fondo — form and content

    • llegar al fondo de la cuestión — to get to the bottom of the matter

    artículo 2)
    5) (=segundo plano) background

    • música de fondo — background music

    • ruido de fondo — background noise

    fondo de escritorio, fondo de pantalla — (Inform) (desktop) wallpaper

    6)

    • a fondo —

    a) [como adj]

    • una investigación a fondo — [policial] a thorough investigation; [de estudio] an in-depth study

    • una limpieza a fondo — a thorough clean

    b) [como adv]

    no conoce a fondo la situación del país — he does not have a thorough o an in-depth knowledge of the country's situation

    • emplearse a fondo, tuvo que emplearse a fondo para disuadirlos — he had to use all his skill to dissuade them

    • pisar a fondo el acelerador — to put one's foot down ( on the accelerator)

    7)

    • en el fondo —

    a) (=en nuestro interior) deep down

    en el fondo, es buena persona — deep down he's a good person, he's a good person at heart

    • en el fondo de su corazón — in his heart of hearts, deep down

    b) (=en realidad) really

    lo que se debatirá en la reunión, en el fondo, es el futuro de la empresa — what is actually o really going to be debated in the meeting is the future of the company

    la verdad es que en el fondo, no tengo ganas — to be honest, I really don't feel like it

    en el fondo no quiere irse — when it comes down to it, he doesn't want to leave

    c) (=en lo fundamental) fundamentally, essentially

    en el fondo ambos sistemas son muy parecidos — fundamentally o essentially, both systems are very similar

    8) (Dep)

    • carrera de fondo — long-distance race

    • esquí de fondo — cross-country skiing

    • corredor de medio fondo — middle-distance runner

    • pruebas de medio fondo — middle-distance events

    9) (=dinero) (Com, Econ) fund; [en póker, entre amigos] pot, kitty

    contamos con un fondo de 150.000 euros para becas — we have at our disposal a budget of 150,000 euros for grants

    • a fondo perdido — [crédito, inversión] non-recoverable, non-refundable

    Fondo de Compensación Interterritorial — system of financial redistribution between the autonomous regions of Spain

    fondo ético — (Econ) ethical investment fund

    10) pl fondos (=dinero) funds

    • recaudar fondos — to raise funds

    • estar sin fondos — to be out of funds, be broke *

    cheque o talón sin fondos — bounced cheque, rubber check (EEUU)

    11) (=reserva) [de biblioteca, archivo, museo] collection
    12) (=carácter) nature, disposition

    de fondo jovial — of cheery o cheerful disposition, cheerful-natured

    13) (Dep) (=resistencia) stamina
    14) Chile, Méx, Ven [de comida, espectáculo]
    15) Méx

    • con o de fondo — serious

    16) Méx, Ven (=combinación) petticoat

    • medio fondo — slip

    17) And (=finca) country estate
    18) Chile (Culin) large pot ( to feed a large number of people)
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( parte más baja) bottom
    b) (parte de atrás - de pasillo, calle) end; (- de habitación) back

    estaban al or en el fondo de la sala — they were at the back of the room

    d) ( de edificio) depth
    e) (en cuadro, fotografía) background
    2)
    a) (Lit) ( contenido) content
    b) (Der)
    3) (Fin)
    a) ( de dinero) fund
    b) fondos masculino plural ( dinero) money, funds (pl)

    un cheque sin fondos — a dud o (AmE) rubber check (colloq)

    estoy mal de fondos — (fam) I'm short of cash (colloq)

    c)

    a fondo perdido — <inversión/préstamo> non-refundable, non-recoverable

    4) (Dep) ( en atletismo)

    de fondo — <corredor/carrera/prueba> long-distance

    5) (de biblioteca, museo) collection
    6) (Méx) (Indum) slip, underskirt

    a fondo — (loc adj) <estudio/investigación> in-depth; (loc adv) <prepararse/entrenar> thoroughly

    conoce el área/tema a fondo — she knows the area/subject really well

    de fondo — <ruido/música> background (before n); <error/discrepancia> fundamental

    en el fondo: en el fondo no es malo deep down he's not a bad person; en el fondo nos llevamos bien we get on all right, really; fondo blanco! (AmL fam) bottoms up! (colloq); tener buen fondo to be a good person at heart; tocar fondo to bottom out; su credibilidad ha tocado fondo — his credibility has hit o reached rock bottom

    * * *
    1)
    a) ( parte más baja) bottom
    b) (parte de atrás - de pasillo, calle) end; (- de habitación) back

    estaban al or en el fondo de la sala — they were at the back of the room

    d) ( de edificio) depth
    e) (en cuadro, fotografía) background
    2)
    a) (Lit) ( contenido) content
    b) (Der)
    3) (Fin)
    a) ( de dinero) fund
    b) fondos masculino plural ( dinero) money, funds (pl)

    un cheque sin fondos — a dud o (AmE) rubber check (colloq)

    estoy mal de fondos — (fam) I'm short of cash (colloq)

    c)

    a fondo perdido — <inversión/préstamo> non-refundable, non-recoverable

    4) (Dep) ( en atletismo)

    de fondo — <corredor/carrera/prueba> long-distance

    5) (de biblioteca, museo) collection
    6) (Méx) (Indum) slip, underskirt

    a fondo — (loc adj) <estudio/investigación> in-depth; (loc adv) <prepararse/entrenar> thoroughly

    conoce el área/tema a fondo — she knows the area/subject really well

    de fondo — <ruido/música> background (before n); <error/discrepancia> fundamental

    en el fondo: en el fondo no es malo deep down he's not a bad person; en el fondo nos llevamos bien we get on all right, really; fondo blanco! (AmL fam) bottoms up! (colloq); tener buen fondo to be a good person at heart; tocar fondo to bottom out; su credibilidad ha tocado fondo — his credibility has hit o reached rock bottom

    * * *
    fondo1
    1 = background, backing, quid, crux, fundus.

    Ex: In the background has often been the need, at a time of declining financial resources, to demonstrate the relevance of the library to all sectors of society and there can sometimes be detected an element of patronization.

    Ex: A picture is a two-dimensional visual representation accessible to the naked eye and generally on an opaque backing.
    Ex: The important moral crux at the heart of the novel 'The debt collector' is that the odds are stacked against the rehabilitation of violent criminals.
    Ex: The crux of the process is the development of multiple models.
    Ex: This is an extremely valuable clinical test that provides information about the circulatory system of the ocular fundus (the back of the eye) not attainable by routine examination.
    * a fondo = fully, thoroughly, full-scale.
    * al fondo (de) = at the bottom (of).
    * artículo de fondo = feature article.
    * corredor de fondo = long-distance runner.
    * en el fondo = at heart, deep down, in the back of + Posesivo + mind, in the back of + Posesivo + head, at the back of + Posesivo + head, bottom line, the, in the bottom.
    * en el fondo de = at the root of.
    * esquiador de fondo = cross-country skier.
    * esquí de fondo = cross-country skiing.
    * fondo del mar = sea bottom, seafloor [sea floor], ocean floor, seabed [sea bed].
    * fondo del océano = ocean bed, ocean floor.
    * fondo marino = deep-sea floor.
    * forma de doble fondo = double-faced mould.
    * forma de un solo fondo = single-faced mould.
    * forma de un solo fondo para papel verjurado = single-faced laid mould.
    * limpiar a fondo = spring-clean, clear out.
    * limpieza a fondo = spring cleaning.
    * llegar al fondo de la cuestión = see to the + bottom of things.
    * llegar al fondo de una Cuestión = get to + the bottom of, get to + the root of.
    * mar de fondo = groundswell.
    * material de fondo = backing.
    * movimiento de fondo = groundswell.
    * negro sobre fondo blanco = black on white.
    * pez de fondo = groundfish, bottom fish.
    * pozo sin fondo = bottomless pit.
    * ruido de fondo = background noise.
    * servir de telón de fondo = set + the backdrop.
    * sin fondo = bottomless.
    * telón de fondo = background, backdrop.
    * teniendo como telón de fondo = against + background of.
    * teniendo esto como telón de fondo = against this background.
    * tocar fondo = bottom out, hit + rock-bottom, reach + rock-bottom, touch + rock bottom, strike + bottom.

    fondo3
    3 = backlist, stock, collection, stocking.

    Ex: They not only provide detailed information about new books and those soon to be published, but also continue to list all of their books still in print (frequently called a ' backlist').

    Ex: Consider, for example, the work of the shoe shop manager and the way he arranges his stock of shoes.
    Ex: While there are a profusion of techniques in existence to gain access to the collections, there is no uniform system.
    Ex: Because of the lack of stocking space, there are many products that we can order for next day pick-up.
    * colección de fondos electrónicos = e-collection [electronic collection].
    * colección de fondos locales = local history collection, local collection.
    * con suficientes fondos = properly stocked.
    * consultar los fondos = search + holdings.
    * dotar de fondos a una biblioteca = stock + library.
    * exceso de fondos = overstock.
    * expurgo de fondos bibliográficos = collection weeding, stock weeding.
    * fondo antiguo = antiquarian materials.
    * fondo bibliográfico = bookstock [book stock].
    * fondo circulante = circulating collection.
    * fondo de acceso restringido = reserve collection.
    * fondo de consulta en sala = reserve reading collection, reserve collection, reserve shelves, special reserve, reserve book room.
    * fondo de lectura "formativo-recreativa" = browser collection.
    * fondo de préstamo por horas = short-loan collection.
    * fondo de recursos electrónicos de acceso restringido = electronic reserve.
    * fondo de registros bibliográficos = bibliographic pool, bibliographic record pool.
    * fondo de revistas = periodical holdings.
    * fondo documental = document collection.
    * fondo local = local material.
    * fondos bibliográficos = holdings, stock.
    * fondos de acceso libre = open stacks.
    * fondos de acceso restringido = closed access collection, closed stacks, closed access stacks.
    * fondos de la biblioteca = library's stock, library materials.
    * fondos de libre acceso = open access stacks.
    * fondos de material audiovisual = AV holdings.
    * fondos de publicaciones periódicas = serial holdings.
    * fondos de revistas = journal holdings.
    * fondos indioamericanos = American Indian materials.
    * fondos integrados = integrated stock.
    * fondos locales = local history material.
    * fondos patrimoniales = heritage collection.
    * ingresar en los fondos = accession.
    * mención de fondos = holdings statement.
    * provisto de buenos fondos = stockholding.
    * renovación de fondos = turnover, stock turnover, turnover of stock.
    * renovar fondos = turn over.
    * replanteamiento de los fondos = stock revision.
    * sección de fondos locales = local studies department, local studies library, local studies collection.
    * sección para el fondo de consulta en sala = reserve room.
    * selección de fondos = stock selection.

    * * *
    A
    el fondo del mar the bottom of the sea
    el fondo de la cacerola/bolsa the bottom of the saucepan/bag
    es muy profundo, no consigo tocar fondo it's very deep, I can't touch the bottom
    en el fondo de su corazón deep down (in his heart)
    tenemos que llegar al fondo de esta cuestión we must get to the bottom of this matter
    hay un fondo de verdad en esa historia there is an element of truth in that story
    hay en él un fondo de maldad there's a streak of maliciousness in him
    bajo1 (↑ bajo (1)), doble1 (↑ doble (1))
    2 (de un pasillo, una calle) end; (de una habitación) back
    al fondo, a la derecha at the end, on the right
    siga hasta el fondo del pasillo go to the end of the corridor
    yo vivo justo al fondo de la calle I live right at the end of the street
    encontró la carta al fondo del cajón he found the letter at the back of the drawer
    estaban sentados al or en el fondo de la sala they were sitting at the back of the room
    3
    (profundidad): esta piscina tiene poco fondo this pool is not very deep o is quite shallow
    necesito un cajón con más fondo I need a deeper drawer
    el edificio tiene poca fachada pero mucho fondo the building has a narrow frontage but it goes back a long way
    5 (en un cuadro, una fotografía) background
    estampado blanco sobre fondo gris white print on gray background
    Compuesto:
    ( Inf) wallpaper
    B
    1 ( Lit) (contenido) content
    el fondo y la forma de una novela the form and content of a novel
    2 ( Der):
    una cuestión de fondo a question of law
    C ( Fin)
    un fondo para las víctimas del siniestro a fund for the disaster victims
    tenemos un fondo común para estas cosas we have a joint fund o ( colloq) a kitty for these things
    2 fondos mpl (dinero) money, funds (pl)
    recaudar fondos to raise money
    reunió los fondos para la operación he raised the funds o money for the operation
    no dispone de fondos suficientes en la cuenta he does not have sufficient funds o money in his account
    un cheque sin fondos a dud o ( AmE) rubber check ( colloq)
    me dio un cheque sin fondos the check he gave me bounced, he gave me a dud check, the bank would not honor the check he gave me ( frml)
    el departamento no dispone de fondos para este fin the department does not have funds o money available for this purpose
    los fondos están bloqueados the funds have been frozen
    estoy mal de fondos ( fam); I'm short of cash ( colloq)
    3
    a fondo perdido ‹inversión/préstamo› non-refundable, non-recoverable
    lo que pagas de alquiler es dinero a fondo perdido the money you spend on rent is money wasted o ( colloq) money down the drain
    Compuestos:
    sinking fund
    venture capital fund
    venture capital fund
    goodwill
    ( Fin) fund of funds
    deposit guarantee fund
    strike fund
    investment fund
    Real Estate Investment Trust, REIT
    hedge fund
    research fund
    pension fund
    provident fund
    slush fund
    fighting fund
    tracker fund
    (UE) Cohesion Fund
    (UE) European Development Fund
    (UE) European Regional Development Fund
    (UE) European Agricultural Guidance and Guarantee Fund
    International Monetary Fund, IMF
    (UE) European Social Fund
    mpl (UE) structural funds (pl)
    mpl public funds (pl)
    mpl secret funds (pl)
    D ( Dep)
    1
    (en atletismo): de fondo ‹corredor/carrera/prueba› long-distance
    medio1 (↑ medio (1))
    2 (en gimnasia) push-up, press-up ( BrE)
    E (de una biblioteca, un museo) collection
    Compuesto:
    list (of titles)
    G ( Méx) ( Indum) petticoat, underskirt
    H ( en locs):
    a fondo ( loc adj) ‹estudio/análisis/investigación› in-depth ( before n);
    ( loc adv) ‹prepararse/entrenar› thoroughly
    esto necesita una limpieza a fondo this needs a thorough clean
    una reforma a fondo de las instituciones a sweeping reform of the institutions
    estudiar a fondo un problema to study a problem in depth
    los próximos días deben ser aprovechados a fondo you/we must make full use of the next few days, you/we must use the next few days to the full
    de fondo ‹ruido/música› background ( before n);
    ‹error/discrepancia› fundamental maquillaje
    en fondo ( Mil) abreast
    de cuatro en fondo four abreast
    en el fondo: en el fondo no es malo deep down he's not a bad person
    discutimos mucho, pero en el fondo nos llevamos bien we quarrel a lot but basically we get on all right o but we get on all right, really
    ¡fondo blanco! ( AmL fam); bottoms up! ( colloq)
    tener buen fondoor no tener mal fondo to be a good person at heart, to have one's heart in the right place
    tocar fondo: en el mes de abril el precio tocó fondo in April the price bottomed out
    ya hemos tocado fondo y las cosas empiezan a ir mejor we seem to be past the worst now and things are beginning to go better
    su credibilidad ha tocado fondo his credibility has hit o reached rock bottom
    me voy a tener que volver porque ya estoy tocando fondo I'm going to have to go back because I'm down to my last few dollars ( o pesos etc)
    I ( Chi) (olla grande) cauldron, large pot
    * * *

     

    fondo sustantivo masculino
    1


    llegaré al fondo de esta cuestión I'll get to the bottom of this matter
    b) ( parte de atrás — de pasillo, calle) end;

    (— de habitación) back;




    e) (en cuadro, fotografía) background

    2 (Lit) ( contenido) content
    3 (Fin)

    ◊ hacer un fondo común to start a joint fund o (colloq) a kitty

    b)

    ◊ fondos sustantivo masculino plural ( dinero) money, funds (pl);

    recaudar fondos to raise money;
    un cheque sin fondos a dud o (AmE) rubber check (colloq)
    4 (Dep) ( en atletismo):
    ◊ de fondo ‹corredor/carrera/prueba› long-distance ( before n)

    5 (Méx) (Indum) slip, underskirt
    6 ( en locs)
    ◊ a fondo ( loc adj) ‹estudio/investigación› in-depth ( before n);


    ‹ limpieza› thorough;
    ( loc adv) ‹prepararse/entrenar› thoroughly;

    de fondo ‹ruido/música› background ( before n);
    en el fondo: en el fondo nos llevamos bien we get on all right, really;
    en el fondo no es malo deep down he's not a bad person
    fondo sustantivo masculino
    1 (parte más profunda) bottom
    un doble fondo, a false bottom
    2 (interior de una persona) en el fondo es muy tierno, deep down he's very gentle
    3 (extremo opuesto) (de una habitación) back
    (de un pasillo) end
    4 (segundo plano) background
    música de fondo, background music
    mujer sobre fondo rojo, woman on a red background
    5 (núcleo, meollo) essence, core
    el fondo del asunto, the core of the matter
    6 Prensa artículo de fondo, leading article
    7 Dep corredor de fondo, long-distance runner
    esquí de fondo, cross-country skiing
    8 Fin fund: nos dio un cheque sin fondos, he gave us a bad cheque
    familiar fondo común, kitty 9 bajos fondos, underworld
    10 (conjunto de documentos, libros etc.) batch: los fondos documentales están en el sótano, the batches of documents are in the basement
    ♦ Locuciones: tocar fondo, Náut to touch bottom
    figurado to reach rock bottom
    a fondo, thoroughly
    a fondo perdido, non-recoverable funds
    ' fondo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    esquí
    - F.M.I.
    - FMI
    - FSE
    - lecho
    - revolverse
    - sentar
    - telón
    - artículo
    - barril
    - bien
    - carrera
    - corredor
    - crear
    - cuestión
    - doble
    - maquillaje
    - mar
    English:
    back
    - backdrop
    - background
    - bed
    - blunder
    - board
    - bottom
    - bottom out
    - bottomless
    - clean out
    - clear out
    - cross-country
    - dappled
    - depth
    - end
    - extensive
    - floor
    - fund
    - going-over
    - groundswell
    - heart
    - IMF
    - inch
    - International Monetary Fund
    - kitty
    - long-distance
    - mutual fund
    - pool
    - scrub down
    - seabed
    - sink
    - spring-clean
    - stuff away
    - thoroughly
    - thrash out
    - underneath
    - unit trust
    - abreast
    - clean
    - closely
    - deep
    - deeply
    - disaster
    - float
    - full
    - further
    - good
    - heavy
    - in-depth
    - international
    * * *
    fondo nm
    1. [parte inferior] bottom;
    el fondo del mar the bottom of the sea;
    fondos [de embarcación] bottom;
    dar fondo [embarcación] to drop anchor;
    echar a fondo [embarcación] to sink;
    irse a fondo [embarcación] to sink, to founder;
    sin fondo bottomless;
    RP Fam
    ¡fondo blanco! bottoms up!;
    tocar fondo [embarcación] to hit the bottom (of the sea/river);
    [crisis] to bottom out;
    su popularidad ha tocado fondo their popularity has reached an all-time low o rock bottom;
    mi paciencia ha tocado fondo my patience has reached its limit
    2. [de habitación, escenario] back;
    al fondo de [calle, pasillo] at the end of;
    [sala] at the back of;
    el fondo de la pista the back of the court;
    los baños están al fondo del pasillo, a la derecha the toilets are at the end of the corridor, on the right
    3. [dimensión] depth;
    un río de poco fondo a shallow river;
    tener un metro de fondo to be one metre deep
    4. [de cuadro, foto, tela] background;
    quiero una tela de flores sobre fondo negro I'd like some material with a pattern of flowers on a black background;
    al fondo in the background
    5. [de alcachofa] heart
    6. [de asunto, problema] heart, bottom;
    el problema de fondo the underlying problem;
    la cuestión de fondo the fundamental issue;
    llegar al fondo de to get to the heart o bottom of;
    el gobierno quiere llegar al fondo de la cuestión the government wants to get to the bottom of the matter;
    en el fondo [en lo más íntimo] deep down;
    [en lo esencial] basically;
    en el fondo está enamorada de él deep down, she loves him;
    en el fondo, no es mala persona deep down, she's not a bad person;
    en el fondo tus problemas son los mismos basically, you have the same problems
    7. [de una persona]
    tener buen fondo to have a good heart;
    tener mal fondo to be a Br nasty o US real piece of work
    8. [de obra literaria] substance
    9. [de dinero] fund;
    a fondo perdido [préstamo] non-returnable;
    no estamos dispuestos a invertir a fondo perdido we're not prepared to pour money down the drain;
    fondos [capital] funds;
    nos hemos quedado sin fondos our funds have run out;
    un cheque sin fondos a bad cheque;
    estar mal de fondos [persona] to be badly off;
    [empresa] to be short of funds;
    recaudar fondos to raise funds
    Econ fondo de amortización sinking fund;
    fondos bloqueados frozen funds;
    fondo de cohesión cohesion fund;
    Fin fondo de comercio goodwill;
    fondo de compensación interterritorial interterritorial compensation fund;
    fondo común kitty;
    poner un fondo (común) to set up a kitty;
    Fin fondo de crédito permanente evergreen fund;
    fondo de emergencia contingency fund;
    UE fondos estructurales structural funds; Fin fondo ético ethical fund; UE Fondo Europeo de Desarrollo European Development Fund; UE Fondo Europeo de Desarrollo Regional European Regional Development Fund; Fin fondo de garantía de depósitos deposit guarantee fund; Fin fondo de inversión investment fund; Fin fondo de inversión ético ethical investment fund;
    fondo de inversión inmobiliaria real estate investment fund;
    fondo de inversión mobiliaria Br trust fund, US mutual fund;
    Fondo Monetario Internacional International Monetary Fund;
    Fondo Mundial para la Naturaleza World Wildlife Fund;
    Econ fondo de pensiones pension fund;
    fondos públicos public funds;
    Fin fondo de renta fija non-equity fund, bond fund; Fin fondo de renta variable equity fund;
    fondos reservados = contingency funds available to ministries, for which they do not have to account publicly;
    Fin fondo rotativo revolving fund; UE Fondo Social Europeo European Social Fund;
    fondo vitalicio life annuity
    10. [fundamento] reason, basis;
    sus acciones tienen siempre un fondo humanitario everything she does is for humanitarian reasons
    11.
    hacer algo a fondo [en profundidad] to do sth thoroughly;
    hicimos una lectura a fondo we read it through carefully;
    hacer una limpieza a fondo to have a thorough clean;
    el juez ha ordenado una investigación a fondo the judge has ordered a full enquiry o an in-depth investigation;
    emplearse a fondo to do one's utmost
    12. [de biblioteca, archivo] catalogue, collection
    fondo editorial backlist
    13. Dep [resistencia física] stamina
    14. Dep [larga distancia] long-distance running;
    medio fondo middle-distance running;
    carrera de fondo long-distance race;
    esquí de fondo cross-country skiing;
    de medio fondo middle-distance
    fondo en carretera [ciclismo] road racing
    15. Dep [ejercicio] push-up, Br press-up
    16. Carib, Méx [prenda] petticoat
    17. Cuba [caldero] cauldron
    18. RP [patio] back patio
    * * *
    m
    1 bottom;
    doble fondo false bottom;
    fondo marino seabed;
    tocar fondo fig reach bottom;
    los bajos fondos the underworld sg
    2 ( profundidad) depth;
    hacer una limpieza a fondo de algo give sth a thorough clean, clean sth thoroughly;
    emplearse a fondo fig give one’s all;
    ir al fondo de algo look at sth in depth;
    en el fondo deep down
    3 de sala, cuarto etc back; de pasillo end
    4 PINT, FOT background;
    música de fondo background music
    5 de un museo etc collection
    6 COM fund;
    fondos pl money sg, funds;
    a fondo perdido non-refundable;
    7 DEP
    :
    de medio fondo middle distance atr
    :
    tiene buen fondo he’s got a good heart
    * * *
    fondo nm
    1) : bottom
    2) : rear, back, end
    3) : depth
    4) : background
    5) : sea bed
    6) : fund
    fondo de inversiones: investment fund
    7) Mex : slip, petticoat
    8) fondos nmpl
    : funds, resources
    cheque sin fondos: bounced check
    9)
    a fondo : thoroughly, in depth
    en fondo : abreast
    * * *
    1. (en general) bottom
    2. (de calle, pasillo) end
    4. (segundo término) background

    Spanish-English dictionary > fondo

  • 38 fall

    I [fɔːl] 1. гл.; прош. вр. fell, прич. прош. вр. fallen
    1)
    а) = fall down / over падать ( с высоты)

    The apple fell from the tree. — Яблоко упало с дерева.

    He fell down the stairs. — Он упал с лестницы.

    The child has fallen down and hurt his knee. — Ребёнок упал и ушиб колено.

    The little girl fell over and hit her head. — Маленькая девочка упала и ударилась головой.

    We fell on our knees before her. — Мы упали перед ней на колени.

    I fell back and hurt my head. — Я упал назад и ушиб голову.

    The boy fell through the ice. — Мальчик провалился под лёд.

    The water's deep here, mind you don't fall in. — Здесь глубоко, смотри не упади в воду.

    The roof of the mine fell in, trapping the miners. — Кровля шахты провалилась, и шахтёры оказались отрезанными.

    He fell over a rock in his path. — Он споткнулся о камень, который лежал на его пути, и упал.

    Syn:
    б) = fall off отпадать, отваливаться

    My top button has fallen off. — У меня оторвалась и упала верхняя пуговица.

    2)
    а) упасть, потерять положение в обществе; пасть морально

    By going to the club Patrick fell among a bad group of people and started stealing people's money. — Патрик стал ходить в клуб, связался с какими-то подонками и стал грабить людей.

    Syn:
    б) потерять невинность, утратить целомудрие ( обычно о женщине); забеременеть

    We had been married eight months before I fell. — Мы были женаты восемь месяцев, прежде чем я забеременела.

    3) падать, идти (об осадках, звёздах)
    4) приходить, наступать (о беде, болезни, сне); охватить ( о чувстве)

    A great stillness fell upon the place. — Наступила мёртвая тишина.

    Wonder fell on all. — Все изумились.

    5) спускаться, наступать (о темноте, ночи)

    Night fell. — Спустилась ночь.

    Dusk is falling. — Спускаются сумерки.

    6) = fall out опадать; выпадать прям. и перен.

    Her hair fell, and her face looked older. — Её волосы поредели и лицо выглядело более старым.

    Your hair is beginning to fall out. — Ваши волосы начинают выпадать.

    7) опускаться, падать

    to let fall — опускать, спускать (якорь, занавес, паруса)

    8) ниспадать, (свободно) падать (об одежде, волосах)

    Her dress falls in pleats from the waist. — Её платье спадает от талии свободными складками.

    Syn:
    10) ( fall from) срываться, слетать с ( уст)

    every word that fell from her lips — каждое слово, которое слетало с её губ

    11) опускаться, убывать

    There were signs of clearing in the west, and the waves began to fall. — На западе стало проясняться, и волны стали успокаиваться.

    My spirits fell. — Моё настроение упало.

    I'm disappointed in your work: it has fallen below your usual standard. — Я недоволен вашей работой, обычно вы работали лучше.

    Your work has fallen from the level we expected from you. — Уровень вашей работы ниже, чем мы от вас ожидали.

    Syn:
    13)
    а) = fall down спускаться вниз по (чему-л.)
    б) = fall off спускаться, иметь наклон ( о местности)

    The land falls off here towards the river. — Здесь резкий спуск к реке.

    Syn:
    14) впадать (о реке, потоке)
    15) стихать, ослабевать, успокаиваться (о ветре, погоде)

    Flames leaped up suddenly and fell again. — Языки пламени внезапно взметнулись вверх и снова погасли.

    The storm fell before seven o'clock. — Буря затихла к семи часам.

    Syn:
    abate, calm 3.
    16) терять живость; вытягиваться ( о выражении лица)

    The countenance of the old man fell. — Лицо старика вытянулось.

    Caleb's face fell a full inch. — Лицо Калеба вытянулось на целый дюйм.

    17) наклоняться; опускаться ( о глазах)
    18) падать, снижаться (о температуре, ценах)

    The temperature has fallen below zero. —Температура упала ниже нуля.

    The cost of meat finally fell. — Цены на мясо наконец снизились.

    The class has fallen below ten students this year. — В этом году в классе осталось меньше десяти человек.

    Syn:
    19) пасть, сдаваться, капитулировать (о городе, крепости, корабле)

    On the third day of the attack, the town fell. — На третий день штурма город пал.

    Syn:
    20) пасть; быть сброшенным ( о власти); гибнуть

    The Ministry was certain to fall in a short time. — Было очевидно, что правительство падёт очень быстро.

    Syn:
    be overthrown, perish
    22) карт. быть взятой, быть битой ( более крупной картой)
    23) крим. быть арестованным; быть осуждённым; быть посаженным в тюрьму
    24) обваливаться, оседать (о здании и т. п.)

    One of the towers had fallen with its own weight. — Одна из башен развалилась под собственной тяжестью.

    25) ( fall into)
    а) делиться, распадаться на (что-л.)
    б) = fall under / within принадлежать к (какому-л. классу)

    to fall into the category — относиться к категории, подпадать под категорию

    The population that falls under the category of poor is less than 7%. — Менее семи процентов населения подпадают под категорию бедных.

    Your suggestion falls within the general area of reorganization. — Ваше предложение - из серии идей по реорганизации.

    26) падать, выпадать, доставаться

    to fall to smb.'s lot — выпадать на чью-л. долю

    The lot fell upon him. — Жребий пал на него.

    The expense must fall upon the purchaser. — Затраты должны падать на покупателя.

    They alone fall to be considered here. — Здесь только на них и следует обращать внимание.

    The property will fall to the eldest son. — Имущество достанется старшему сыну.

    The stress falls on the second syllable. — Ударение падает на второй слог.

    28) ( fall in(to)) впадать в (какое-л. состояние); оказываться в (каком-л. положении)

    Henry fell into one of his fearful rages. — Генри впал в один из своих страшных приступов бешенства.

    to fall in love — ( with) влюбиться (в кого-л.)

    to fall out of love — ( with) разлюбить (кого-л.)

    29) ( fall for) влюбиться в (кого-л.); полюбить (что-л.)

    Jim fell for Mary in a big way when they first met. — Джим по уши влюбился в Мэри с того самого дня, когда они встретились.

    I think you're going to fall for this film. — Мне кажется, тебе понравится этот фильм.

    30) ( fall for) попадаться на (удочку, уловку и пр.)

    Don't fall for that old trick, he's trying to persuade you to buy his goods. — Не поддайся на эту старую как мир уловку, он же хочет впарить тебе свой товар.

    31) (fall + гл., прил.) становиться, перейти в состояние (чего-л.)

    to fall astern — мор. отстать

    The memory of his faults had already fallen to be one of those old aches. — Память о его вине превратилась в застарелую боль.

    32) ( fall (up)on) приходиться, падать, происходить, иметь место

    My birthday falls on Sunday. — Мой день рождения попадает на воскресенье.

    New Year's Day falls on a Wednesday. — Новый Год приходится на среду.

    Syn:
    33) рубить, валить ( деревья); валиться ( о дереве)
    Syn:
    34) ( fall from) бросать, покидать (кого-л.), отказываться от верности (кому-л.)

    The followers of Louis were falling from him. — Сторонники Людовика покидали его.

    35) ( fall into) начинать (что-л.), приниматься за (что-л.); приобретать (привычку и т. п.)

    You have fallen into a bad habit of repeating yourself. — У вас появилась дурная привычка повторяться.

    I fell into conversation with an interesting man. — Я вступил в разговор с интересным собеседником.

    36) ( fall (up)on) нападать на (что-л.), налетать на (что-л.); набрасываться на (что-л.)

    The hungry children fell on the food. — Голодные дети набросились на еду.

    37) ( fall (up)on) выпадать на (чью-л. долю), доставаться (кому-л.)

    It falls on me to thank our chairman for his speech. — Мне выпала честь поблагодарить нашего председателя за его речь.

    The blame fell on me as usual. — Как обычно, всю вину возложили на меня.

    38) ( fall (up)on) работать над (чем-л.), разрабатывать (что-л.)

    He fell on the new idea and in the course of time wrote an important book about it. — Он принялся разрабатывать эту идею и через некоторое время написал большую книгу по этому вопросу.

    39) ( fall (up)on) достигать
    40) (fall under / within) попадать в (сферу действия чего-л.); подвергаться (чему-л.)

    to fall within one's jurisdiction — входить в чью-л. компетенцию

    to fall under smb.'s influence — попадать под чьё-л. влияние

    If the answer to your difficulty falls within my experience, I'll give you all the help I can. — Если ваш вопрос относится к сфере моего опыта, я окажу Вам всю возможную помощь.

    These states of matter will fall under our observation. — Данное положение дел будет контролироваться нами.

    41) ( fall to) приниматься за (что-л.), начинать делать (что-л.); набрасываться на (что-л.)

    They fell to work immediately. — Они сразу взялись за работу.

    I fell to thinking about the happy days of the past. — Я принялся думать о счастливых днях прошлого.

    Syn:
    •
    - fall abreast of
    - fall across
    - fall apart
    - fall away
    - fall back
    - fall behind
    - fall down
    - fall foul of     - fall out
    - fall through
    ••

    to fall into line / step with smb. — подчиняться, соглашаться с кем-л.

    to fall over one another / each other — драться, бороться, соперничать друг с другом

    to fall over backwards to do smth. — разг. лезть из кожи вон, чтобы сделать что-л.

    to fall prey / sacrifice / victim to — прям. и перен. пасть жертвой (чего-л.)

    - fall over oneself
    - fall over backwards
    - fall to the ground
    - fall to pieces
    - fall into place     2. сущ.

    bad / nasty fall — неудачное падение

    to have / take a fall — падать

    The net broke the tightrope walker's fall. — Сетка смягчила падение канатоходца.

    Syn:
    2) моральное падение; потеря чести; потеря невинности

    The play was about the fall of an honest man. — В пьесе говорилось о моральном падении честного человека.

    Syn:
    3) ( the Fall) рел. грехопадение (согласно Библии, утрата человеком изначальной чистоты и богоподобия в результате первого греха - непослушания Богу; соблазнённые сатаной в образе змея, Адам и Ева нарушили запрет и вкусили плод с древа познания добра и зла, за что были изгнаны из рая)

    the Fall of Man — грехопадение человека, грехопадение Адама

    4) падение, сбрасывание; выпадение (осадков, метеоритов); количество осадков, выпавших за один раз или за определённый период времени
    5) приближение, наступление (сумерек, ночи, зимы)
    6) выпадение (зубов и т. п.)
    7) амер. осень
    Syn:
    8) око́т, рождение (ягнят и т. п.)

    The principal fall of lambs takes place now. — Именно сейчас идёт основной окот овец.

    9) помёт, выводок
    Syn:
    11) упадок, закат
    Syn:
    12) заключительный период, завершающая часть (дня, года, жизни)
    14) ( falls) водопад

    We could see the spray from the falls. — Мы видели брызги от водопада.

    Syn:
    15)
    а) обрыв, склон, откос ( холма); скат, спуск

    The girls saw a little fall of the ground. — Девочки увидели небольшой откос.

    Syn:
    б) высота (обрыва, склона и т. п.)
    16) понижение, снижение, падение (температуры и т. п.)
    17) муз. каданс, каденция
    Syn:
    19) снижение, падение, понижение ( цен)

    Yesterday saw a sudden fall in stock prices. — Вчера произошло резкое падение биржевого курса.

    Syn:
    20) спорт.
    б) схватка, раунд
    21)
    б) лес, сваленный за один сезон
    22) = fall trap капкан, ловушка, западня
    Syn:
    23) падение, поражение, капитуляция ( о городе или крепости)

    The fall of the city followed heavy bombardment. — Сдаче города предшествовала сильная бомбардировка.

    Syn:

    And women rent their tresses for their great prince's fall. — И женщины рвали на себе волосы, горюя о смерти своего великого государя.

    Syn:
    25) крим.
    26)
    а) покрывало, вуаль
    28) тех.; = block and fall канат, цепь подъёмного блока
    29) мор. фал
    30) тех. напор; высота напора
    ••

    Pride will have a fall. посл. — Гордыня до добра не доводит.

    II [fɔːl] сущ.; диал.
    1) крик, издаваемый китобоями, когда кит оказывается в пределах видимости или в пределах загарпунивания

    Англо-русский современный словарь > fall

  • 39 live

    I 1. adjective
    1) attrib. (alive) lebend
    2) (Radio, Telev.)

    live performance — Live-Aufführung, die

    live broadcast — Live-Sendung, die; Direktübertragung, die

    3) (topical) aktuell [Thema, Frage]
    4) (Electr.) Strom führend
    5) (unexploded) scharf [Munition usw.]
    6) (glowing) glühend [Kohle]
    7) (joc.): (actual)
    2. adverb
    (Radio, Telev.) live [übertragen usw.]
    II 1. intransitive verb

    you'll live — (iron.) du wirst's [schon] überleben (iron.)

    as long as I live I shall never... — mein Leben lang werde ich nicht...

    live to see — [mit]erleben

    you live and learn — man lernt nie aus

    live through something — etwas durchmachen (ugs.); (survive) etwas überleben

    live to a ripe old age/to be a hundred — ein hohes Alter erreichen/hundert Jahre alt werden

    2) (make permanent home) wohnen; leben

    live with somebody — mit jemandem zusammenleben

    live with something — (lit. or fig.) mit etwas leben

    2. transitive verb

    live it up — das Leben in vollen Zügen genießen; (have a good time) einen draufmachen (ugs.)

    Phrasal Verbs:
    - academic.ru/43363/live_down">live down
    * * *
    I 1. [liv] verb
    1) (to have life; to be alive: This poison is dangerous to everything that lives.) leben
    2) (to survive: The doctors say he is very ill, but they think he will live; It was difficult to believe that she had lived through such an experience.) überleben
    3) (to have one's home or dwelling (in a particular place): She lives next to the church; They went to live in Bristol / in a huge house.) wohnen
    4) (to pass (one's life): He lived a life of luxury; She lives in fear of being attacked.) leben
    5) ((with by) to make enough money etc to feed and house oneself: He lives by fishing.) den Lebensunterhalt bestreiten mit
    •
    - -lived
    - living 2. noun
    (the money etc needed to feed and house oneself and keep oneself alive: He earns his living driving a taxi; She makes a good living as an author.) der Lebensunterhalt
    - living-room
    - live-in
    - live and let live
    - live down
    - live in
    - out
    - live on
    - live up to
    - within living memory
    - in living memory     II 1. adjective
    1) (having life; not dead: a live mouse.) lebendig
    2) ((of a radio or television broadcast etc) heard or seen as the event takes place; not recorded: I watched a live performance of my favourite opera on television; Was the performance live or recorded?) live
    3) (full of energy, and capable of becoming active: a live bomb) scharf
    4) (burning: a live coal.) glühend
    2. adverb
    ((of a radio or television broadcast etc) as the event takes place: The competition will be broadcast live.) live
    - lively
    - liveliness
    - livestock
    - live wire
    * * *
    live1
    [laɪv]
    I. adj inv
    1. attr (living) lebend
    a real \live grizzly bear ein echter Grizzlybär
    \live animals echte Tiere
    2. MUS, RADIO, TV live
    \live audience Live-Publikum nt
    \live broadcast Liveübertragung f, Livesendung f
    \live coverage aktuelle Berichterstattung, Berichterstattung vor Ort
    \live entertainment Liveunterhaltung f, Liveshow f
    \live performance Liveauftritt m
    \live recording Liveaufzeichnung f
    3. ELEC geladen
    \live wire Hochspannungskabel nt
    4. (unexploded) scharf
    \live ammunition scharfe Munition
    5. (burning) glühend
    \live coals glühende Kohlen
    6. (not obsolete)
    \live issue aktuelle Frage
    II. adv inv MUS, RADIO, TV live, direkt
    to broadcast \live direkt [o live] übertragen
    to cover sth \live von etw dat live berichten
    to go \live COMPUT den Echtbetrieb aufnehmen
    to perform \live live auftreten
    as \live broadcast, transmit beinahe live (wenn eine Live-Übertragung um kurze Zeit verzögert wird, falls etwas nicht gesendet werden soll)
    live2
    [lɪv]
    I. vi
    1. (be alive) leben
    will she \live? wird sie überleben?
    “I've got a terrible cold!” — “oh, you'll live!” „ich bin total erkältet!“ — „ach, du wirst schon nicht sterben!“
    to \live to [be] a ripe [old] age ein hohes Alter erreichen
    she \lived to be 97 years old sie wurde 97 Jahre alt
    2. (spend life) leben
    ... and/where they \lived happily ever after... und wenn sie nicht gestorben sind, dann leben sie noch heute
    to \live above [or beyond] /within one's means über seine Verhältnisse/entsprechend seinen Möglichkeiten leben
    to \live alone/dangerously alleine/gefährlich leben
    to \live by one's principles seinen Prinzipien treu bleiben
    to \live high gut leben
    to \live in fear/luxury in Angst/Luxus leben
    to \live in plenty ein Leben im Überfluss führen, im Überfluss leben
    to \live in squalor [or dire need] in ärmlichen Verhältnissen leben
    to make life worth living das Leben lebenswert machen
    3. (subsist) leben
    ▪ to \live by sth von etw dat leben
    the family \lives by hunting and farming die Familie lebt vom Jagen und von der Landwirtschaft
    he \lives by the pen er lebt vom Schreiben
    she \lives by crime sie lebt von Verbrechen
    4. (be remembered) weiterleben
    his music will \live for ever seine Musik ist unvergänglich
    to \live in sb's memory in jds Erinnerung weiterleben
    her spirit lives in her work ihr Geist lebt in ihren Werken weiter
    5. (have interesting life)
    you've never been bungee-jumping? you haven't lived! du warst noch nie Bungee-Jumping? du weißt nicht, was du versäumt hast!
    if you haven't seen Venice, you haven't \lived Venedig sehen und sterben
    to \live a little [or a bit] das Leben genießen
    6. (reside) wohnen
    where do you \live? wo wohnst du?
    to \live in the country/in town auf dem Land/in der Stadt wohnen
    to \live next door nebenan wohnen
    to \live next door to sb neben jdm wohnen
    7. ( fam: be kept) sein
    where does the sugar \live? wo hast du den Zucker?; (belong) gehören
    the pots \live in the cupboard next to the cooker die Töpfe gehören in den Schrank neben dem Herd
    8.
    ▶ as I \live and breathe!:
    good Lord! Sally Watson, as I \live and breathe! Mensch! wenn das nicht Sally Watson ist!
    ▶ to \live to fight another day es überstehen, überleben
    ▶ you [or we] \live and learn man lernt nie aus
    ▶ to \live and let \live ( saying) leben und leben lassen
    ▶ long \live the King/Queen! lang lebe der König/die Königin!
    ▶ to \live to regret sth etw noch bereuen werden
    ▶ we \lived to tell the tale wir haben's überlebt
    ▶ to \live by one's wits sich akk durchschlagen
    II. vt
    to \live [one's] life to the full das Leben in vollen Zügen genießen
    to \live a life of luxury ein luxuriöses [o extravagantes] Leben führen
    to \live one's own life sein eigenes Leben leben
    ▶ to \live and breathe sth mit Leib und Seele für etw akk sein
    ▶ to \live a lie mit einer Lebenslüge leben
    * * *
    I [lɪv]
    1. vt
    life führen
    2. vi
    1) (= be alive, survive) leben

    there is no man living who can equal him — es gibt niemanden, der es ihm gleichtun könnte

    will he live, doctor? — wird er (über)leben, Herr Doktor?

    don't worry, you'll live, it's only a broken ankle — reg dich nicht auf, du stirbst schon nicht, du hast nur einen gebrochenen Knöchel

    we live and learn — man lernt nie aus

    his music will live for ever —

    his spirit still lives in his work if the spirit of the Renaissance should ever live again it was as though the father were living again in the son — sein Geist lebt in seinem Werk weiter wenn der Geist der Renaissance je wieder erwachen sollte es war, als lebte der Vater im Sohn weiter

    to live by one's wits — sich ( so) durchschlagen

    they lived in fear of losing their jobs — sie lebten in ständiger Angst, ihre Stelle zu verlieren

    he lived through two wars — er hat zwei Kriege miterlebt

    the patient was not expected to live through the night — man rechnete nicht damit, dass der Patient die Nacht überstehen or überleben würde

    you'll live to regret it —

    he lives for his work/children — er lebt für seine Arbeit/Kinder

    2)

    (= experience real living) I want to live — ich will leben or was erleben (inf)

    that's existing, not living — das ist doch kein Leben

    you've never skied? you haven't lived! —

    you've never lived until you've discovered Crete — wer Kreta nicht kennt, hat noch nicht gelebt

    before she met him she hadn't lived — sie begann erst zu leben, als sie ihn kennenlernte

    3) (= reside) wohnen, leben; (animals) leben

    he lives at 19 Marktstraße — er wohnt in der Marktstraße Nr. 19

    he lives in Gardner St/on the High Street —

    who lives in that big house? — wer bewohnt das große Haus?, wer wohnt in dem großen Haus?

    a house not fit to live in — ein unbewohnbares Haus, ein Haus, in dem man nicht wohnen kann

    this house is not fit for a human being to live in — dies ist eine menschenunwürdige Behausung

    4) (inf

    = belong) where does this jug live? —

    5)

    the other athletes couldn't live with him/the pace — die anderen Läufer konnten mit ihm/mit dem Tempo nicht mithalten

    II [laɪv]
    1. adj
    1) (= alive) lebend; issue, question aktuell
    2) (= having power or energy) coal glühend; match ungebraucht; cartridge, shell scharf; (ELEC) geladen

    "danger, live wires!" — "Vorsicht Hochspannung!"

    3) (RAD, TV) live
    2. adv (RAD, TV)
    live, direkt
    * * *
    live1 [lıv]
    A v/i
    1. leben, am Leben sein:
    the characters in this novel seem to live die Gestalten in diesem Roman wirken lebendig;
    get sb where he lives fig jemanden an einer empfindlichen Stelle treffen
    2. leben, am Leben bleiben:
    live long lange leben;
    people live longer and longer die Menschen werden immer älter;
    the doctors don’t think he will live die Ärzte glauben nicht, dass er durchkommt;
    his doctor gave him one year to live sein Arzt gab ihm noch ein Jahr;
    live through sth etwas durchleben oder -machen oder -stehen;
    the patient did not live through the night der Patient hat die Nacht nicht überlebt;
    live to be old, live to an old age ein hohes Alter erreichen, alt werden;
    he wants to live to a hundred er will 100 werden;
    live to see erleben;
    he did not live to see it er hat es nicht mehr erlebt;
    he will live to regret it er wird es noch bereuen;
    you live and learn man lernt nie aus;
    live with sth fig mit etwas leben;
    I’ll have to live with it ich werde damit leben müssen
    3. oft live on bes fig weiter-, fortleben:
    4. aushalten, sich halten, bestehen
    5. leben (on, upon von), sich ernähren (on, upon von; by von, durch):
    earn enough to live genug zum Leben verdienen;
    live off one’s capital von seinem Kapital leben oder zehren;
    he lives on his wife er lebt auf Kosten oder von (den Einkünften) seiner Frau;
    live on the State auf Staatskosten leben;
    live by painting vom Malen leben, sich seinen Lebensunterhalt durch Malen verdienen; → bread Bes Redew
    6. ehrlich etc leben, ein ehrliches etc Leben führen:
    live well üppig oder gut leben;
    live poorly ein kärgliches Leben fristen;
    live to o.s. ganz für sich leben;
    live within o.s. sich nur mit sich selbst beschäftigen;
    she lived there a widow sie lebte dort als Witwe; → day Bes Redew, income, mean3 B 5
    7. leben, wohnen ( beide:
    with bei):
    live with sb mit jemandem zusammenleben
    8. leben, das Leben genießen:
    live and let live leben und leben lassen
    B v/t
    1. ein bestimmtes Leben führen oder leben:
    live a double life ein Doppelleben führen
    2. (vor)leben, im Leben verwirklichen:
    he lives his faith er lebt seinen Glauben;
    live a lie die liebende (Ehe)Frau oder den liebenden (Ehe-)Mann spielen
    3. live and breathe sth in etwas völlig aufgehen;
    he lives and breathes football sein Leben besteht nur aus Fußball
    live2 [laıv]
    A adj (meist attr)
    1. lebend, lebendig (Tiere etc):
    live birth Lebendgeburt f;
    live hair Haar n von lebenden Wesen;
    live oak Immergrüne Eiche;
    live rock lebender oder gewachsener Fels;
    live show Liveshow f (Vorführung eines Geschlechtsaktes vor Publikum) ( → A 9);
    live weight Lebendgewicht n;
    a real live lord umg ein richtiger oder echter Lord
    2. energisch, tatkräftig (Vorgehen etc)
    3. aktuell (Frage etc)
    4. glühend (Kohle etc), (Zigarette etc auch) brennend
    5. scharf (Munition etc)
    6. ungebraucht (Streichholz)
    7. aktiv (Vulkan)
    8. ELEK Spannung oder Strom führend, unter Spannung oder Strom stehend; → live wire 1
    9. RADIO, TV Direkt…, Original…, Live…:
    live broadcast Direktübertragung f;
    live show Liveshow f (live übertragene Show) ( → A 1)
    10. lebhaft, lebendig (Farben)
    11. TECH
    a) Antriebs…
    b) angetrieben:
    live center (bes Br centre) mitlaufende Spitze;
    live wheel Antriebsrad n
    c) beweglich:
    live load Verkehrs-, Auflast f
    12. Akustik: Hall…:
    live room Hallraum m
    13. TYPO gebrauchs-, druckfertig:
    live matter druckfertiger Satz, Stehsatz m
    14. SPORT im Spiel (befindlich) (Ball)
    B adv RADIO, TV direkt, original, live:
    * * *
    I 1. adjective
    1) attrib. (alive) lebend
    2) (Radio, Telev.)

    live performance — Live-Aufführung, die

    live broadcast — Live-Sendung, die; Direktübertragung, die

    3) (topical) aktuell [Thema, Frage]
    4) (Electr.) Strom führend
    5) (unexploded) scharf [Munition usw.]
    6) (glowing) glühend [Kohle]
    7) (joc.): (actual)
    2. adverb
    (Radio, Telev.) live [übertragen usw.]
    II 1. intransitive verb

    you'll live — (iron.) du wirst's [schon] überleben (iron.)

    as long as I live I shall never... — mein Leben lang werde ich nicht...

    live to see — [mit]erleben

    live through something — etwas durchmachen (ugs.); (survive) etwas überleben

    live to a ripe old age/to be a hundred — ein hohes Alter erreichen/hundert Jahre alt werden

    2) (make permanent home) wohnen; leben

    live with something — (lit. or fig.) mit etwas leben

    2. transitive verb

    live it up — das Leben in vollen Zügen genießen; (have a good time) einen draufmachen (ugs.)

    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    adj.
    aktiv adj.
    lebendig adj. (on) v.
    leben (von) v. v.
    leben v.
    wohnen v.

    English-german dictionary > live

  • 40 sub

    sŭb (on the form sus from subs v. infra, III.), prep. with acc. and abl. [perh. for es-ub, ens-ub, = ens (eis) and hupo; Sanscr. upa; cf. Curt. Gr. Etym. p. 290], under.
    I.
    With abl., to point out the object under which a thing is situated or takes place (Gr. hupo, with dat. or gen.), under, below, beneath, underneath.
    A.
    Of space:

    si essent, qui sub terrā semper habitavissent... nec tamen exissent umquam supra terram,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 37, 95; Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 72:

    sub aquā,

    id. Cas. 2, 6, 28:

    sub vestimentis,

    id. Ep. 2, 2, 32; Liv. 1, 58; cf.: saepe est sub palliolo sordido sapientia, Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 23, 56:

    ingenium ingens Inculto latet hoc sub corpore,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 34:

    sub pellibus hiemare,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 13, 5; cf. Liv. 23, 18, 15:

    manet sub Jove frigido Venator,

    Hor. C. 1, 1, 25:

    sub divo moreris,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 23:

    vitam sub divo agat,

    id. ib. 3, 2, 5 (v. divus, II.):

    sub terrā vivi demissi sunt,

    Liv. 22, 57:

    sub hoc jugo dictator Aequos misit,

    id. 3, 28, 11:

    pone (me) sub curru nimium propinqui Solis,

    Hor. C. 1, 22, 21 et saep.— Trop.:

    non parvum sub hoc verbo furtum latet,

    Cic. Agr. 3, 3, 12.—
    2.
    Transf., of lofty objects, at the foot of which, or in whose immediate neighborhood, any thing is situated, under, below, beneath, at the foot of, at, by, near, before:

    sub monte consedit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 48; so,

    sub monte considere,

    id. ib. 1, 21:

    sub colle constituere,

    id. ib. 7, 49:

    sub montis radicibus esse,

    id. ib. 7, 36 al.:

    sub ipsis Numantiae moenibus,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 11, 17:

    est ager sub urbe,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 107; so,

    sub urbe,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 26; Varr. R. R. 1, 50, 2; Hor. C. 3, 19, 4:

    sub Veteribus,

    Plaut. Curc. 4, 1, 19:

    sub Novis,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 66, 266 Orell. N. cr.; id. Ac. 2, 22, 70 Goer. N. cr.; cf. Varr. L. L. 6, § 59 Müll.:

    sub basilicā,

    Plaut. Curc. 4, 1, 11 et saep.— Trop.:

    sub oculis domini suam probare operam studebant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 57 fin.:

    omnia sub oculis erant,

    Liv. 4, 28; cf. Vell. 2, 21, 3:

    classem sub ipso ore urbis incendit,

    Flor. 2, 15.—
    B.
    Of time, in, within, during, at, by:

    ne sub ipsā profectione milites oppidum irrumperent,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 27:

    sub decessu suo,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 49:

    sub luce,

    Ov. M. 1, 494; Hor. A. P. 363; Liv. 25, 24:

    sub eodem tempore,

    Ov. F. 5, 491:

    sub somno,

    Cels. 3, 18 med. al.—
    C.
    In other relations, where existence under or in the immediate vicinity of any thing may be conceived.
    1.
    Under, in rank or order; hence, next to, immediately after: Euryalumque Helymus sequitur;

    quo deinde sub ipso Ecce volat calcemque terit jam calce Diores,

    Verg. A. 5, 322.—
    2.
    In gen., of subjection, domination, stipulation, influence, effect, reason, etc., under, beneath, with:

    omnes ordine sub signis ducam legiones meas,

    under my standards, Plaut. Ps. 2, 4, 71: sub armis vitam cernere, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 6, § 81 Müll. (Trag. v. 297 Vahl.); so,

    sub armis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 41; 1, 42:

    sub sarcinis,

    id. B. G. 2, 17; 3, 24:

    sub onere,

    id. B. C. 1, 66 et saep.—
    3.
    Trop., under, subject to, in the power of; during, in the time of, upon, etc.:

    sub Veneris regno vapulo, non sub Jovis,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 13:

    sub regno esse,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 60:

    sub imperio alicujus esse,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 4:

    sub dicione atque imperio alicujus esse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31; Auct. B. Alex. 66, 6; Sall. J. 13, 1; Nep. Con. 4, 4; id. Eum. 7, 1; cf.:

    sub Corbulone Armenios pellere,

    Tac. H. 3, 24: sub manu alicujus esse, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 23, 2;

    sub rege,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 23, 43; Hor. C. 3, 5, 9:

    sub Hannibale,

    Liv. 25, 40:

    sub dominā meretrice,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 25:

    sub nutrice,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 99:

    sub judice lis est,

    id. A. P. 78:

    praecipua sub Domitiano miseriarum pars erat,

    during the reign of, Tac. Agr. 45:

    scripsit sub Nerone novissimis annis,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 5, 5:

    gnarus sub Nerone temporum,

    Tac. Agr. 6; Suet. Tit. 8 et saep.:

    sub vulnere,

    from the effects of the wound, Ov. M. 5, 62; cf.:

    sub judice,

    under, id. ib. 13, 190:

    nullo sub indice,

    forced by no betrayer, id. ib. 13, 34.—So in certain phrases where the simple abl. is more freq.:

    sub pacto abolitionis dominationem deponere,

    Quint. 9, 2, 97:

    sub condicione,

    Liv. 6, 40, 8 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    sub condicionibus,

    id. 21, 12, 4:

    sub eā condicione, ne cui fidem meam obstringam,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 11:

    sub eā condicione, si esset, etc.,

    id. ib. 8, 18, 4; so,

    sub condicione, ut (ne, si, etc.),

    Suet. Tib. 44; 13; id. Caes. 68; id. Claud. 24; id. Vit. 6:

    sub specie (= specie, or per speciem): sub specie infidae pacis quieti,

    Liv. 9, 45, 5; 36, 7, 12; 44, 24, 4:

    sub tutelae specie,

    Curt. 10, 6, 21; Sen. Ben. 1, 4, 2; cf.:

    sub nomine pacis bellum latet,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 7, 17:

    sub alienis auspiciis rem gerere,

    Val. Max. 3, 2, 6:

    sub lege, ne,

    Suet. Aug. 21:

    sub exceptione, si,

    id. Caes. 78:

    sub poenā mortis,

    id. Calig. 48:

    servitutis,

    id. Tib. 36 et saep.:

    sub frigido sudore mori,

    Cels. 5, 26, 31 fin. —
    II.
    With acc., to point out the object under which a thing comes, goes, extends, etc. (Gr. hupo, with acc.), under, below, beneath.
    A.
    Of space, usually with verbs of motion:

    et datores et factores omnes subdam sub solum,

    Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 18:

    manum sub vestimenta deferre,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 78:

    cum tota se luna sub orbem solis subjecisset,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:

    exercitum sub jugum mittere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7; 1, 12; Sall. J. 38, 9 Dietsch ad loc.:

    sub furcam ire,

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 66:

    sub divum rapere,

    id. C. 1, 18, 13:

    sub terras ire,

    Verg. A. 4, 654. — Trop.:

    sub judicium sapientis et delectum cadunt,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 18, 61:

    quae sub sensus subjecta sunt,

    id. Ac. 2, 23, 74:

    quod sub aurium mensuram aliquam cadat,

    id. Or. 20, 67:

    columbae Ipsa sub ora viri venere,

    Verg. A. 6, 191:

    quod sub oculos venit,

    Sen. Ben. 1, 5, 6.—Rarely with verb of rest:

    quidquid sub Noton et Borean hominum sumus,

    Luc. 7, 364.—
    2.
    Transf. (cf. supra, I. A. 2.), of lofty objects, to the foot of which, or into whose immediate neighborhood, any thing comes, or near to which it extends, under, below, beneath, to, near to, close to, up to, towards, etc.:

    sub montem succedunt milites,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 45:

    sub ipsum murum fons aquae prorumpebat,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 41:

    missi sunt sub muros,

    Liv. 44, 45:

    Judaei sub ipsos muros struxere aciem,

    Tac. H. 5, 11; 3, 21:

    aedes suas detulit sub Veliam,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 54:

    arat finem sub utrumque colonus,

    Hor. S. 2, 1, 35:

    jactatus amnis Ostia sub Tusci,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 33:

    (hostem) mediam ferit ense sub alvum,

    Ov. M. 12, 389:

    sub orientem secutus Armenios,

    Flor. 3, 5.—
    B.
    Of time, denoting a close approximation.
    1.
    Before, towards, about, shortly before, up to, until:

    Pompeius sub noctem naves solvit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 28; so,

    sub noctem,

    Verg. A. 1, 662; Hor. C. 1, 9, 19; id. S. 2, 1, 9; 2, 7, 109; id. Ep. 2, 2, 169:

    sub vesperum,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 33; id. B. C. 1, 42:

    sub lucem,

    id. B. G. 7, 83; Verg. G. 1, 445:

    sub lumina prima,

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 33:

    sub tempus edendi,

    id. Ep. 1, 16, 22:

    sub dies festos,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1, 1:

    sub galli cantum,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 10:

    usque sub extremum brumae intractabilis imbrem,

    Verg. G. 1, 211:

    simulacra Visa sub obscurum noctis,

    id. ib. 1, 478:

    prima vel autumni sub frigora,

    id. ib. 2, 321:

    quod (bellum) fuit sub recentem pacem,

    Liv. 21, 2, 1.—
    2.
    After, immediately after, just after, immediately upon:

    sub eas (litteras) statim recitatae sunt tuae,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 16, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 4, 4:

    sub haec dicta omnes procubuerunt,

    Liv. 7, 31:

    sub adventum praetoris,

    id. 23, 15, 1; 23, 16, 3; 45, 10, 10:

    sub hanc vocem fremitus variantis multitudinis fuit,

    id. 35, 31:

    sub hoc erus inquit,

    hereupon, Hor. S. 2, 8, 43.—
    C.
    In other relations, in which a coming under any thing may be conceived:

    lepide hoc succedit sub manus negotium,

    comes to hand, convenient, Plaut. Mil. 3, 2, 59:

    sub manus succedere,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 7; id. Pers. 4, 1, 2: sub manum submittere, at hand, convenient, Auct. B. Afr. 36, 1:

    sub ictum venire,

    Liv. 27, 18:

    sub manum annuntiari,

    Suet. Aug. 49 (al. sub manu; cf.

    supra, I. C.): sub legum et judiciorum potestatem cadere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 55, § 144:

    sub populi Romani imperium dicionemque cadere,

    id. Font. 5, 12 (1, 2):

    incolas sub potestatem Atheniensium redigere,

    Nep. Milt. 1:

    matrimonium vos sub legis superbissimae vincula conicitis,

    Liv. 4, 4:

    sub unum fortunae ictum totas vires regni cadere pati,

    Curt. 3, 8, 2.—
    III.
    In composition, the b remains unchanged before vowels and before b, d, j, l, n, s, t, v. Before m and r it is frequently, and before the remaining consonants, c, f, g, p, it is regularly assimilated. Yet here the MSS. vary, as in ob, ad, in, etc. Before some words commencing with c. p, t, it assumes the form sus, by the rejection of the b from a collateral form subs (analog. to abs); e. g. suscipio, suscito, suspendo, sustineo, sustuli, sustollo. Before s, with a following consonant, there remains merely su in the words suspicio, suspicor, suspiro; cf., however: substerno, substituo, substo, substruo al.; v. esp. Neue, Formenl. 2, 775 sqq.—
    B.
    In composition, sub denotes,
    1.
    Lit., a being situated or contained under, a putting or bringing under, or a going in under any thing: subaeratus, subcavus; subdo, subigo, subicio; subhaereo, subaperio; subedo.—
    2.
    Hence, also, a concealing or being concealed behind something; a secret action: subnoto, surripio, suffuror, subausculto, suborno. —
    3.
    Transf., a being placed or ranked under: subcenturio, subcurator, subcustos, etc.; or a being or doing any thing in a lower or inferior degree, a little, somewhat, rather, slightly: subabsurdus, subagrestis, subalbus, etc.; subaccusare, subirascor, etc.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sub

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • place — [[t]ple͟ɪs[/t]] ♦ places, placing, placed 1) N COUNT: usu with supp A place is any point, building, area, town, or country. ...Temple Mount, the place where the Temple actually stood. ...a list of museums and places of interest... We re going to… …   English dictionary

  • Before Sunset — Infobox Film | name = Before Sunset caption = Before Sunset film poster imdb id = 0381681 director = Richard Linklater writer = Richard Linklater, Ethan Hawke, Julie Delpy | starring = Ethan Hawke, Julie Delpy music = Julie Delpy cinematography …   Wikipedia

  • Before He Cheats — Infobox Single Name = Before He Cheats Artist = Carrie Underwood from Album = Some Hearts Released = August 2006 Format = Digital download Recorded = Genre = Country, blues, rock Length = 3:19 (Album) Label = Arista Records Writer = Chris… …   Wikipedia

  • before you know it —    If something takes place so suddenly that you don t have time to become aware of it, it happens before you know it or before you know where you are.     The doorbell rang, and before we knew it a surprise birthday party was under way! …   English Idioms & idiomatic expressions

  • before — [[t]bɪfɔ͟ː(r)[/t]] ♦ (In addition to the uses shown below, before is used in the phrasal verbs go before and lay before .) 1) PREP If something happens before a particular date, time, or event, it happens earlier than that date, time, or event.… …   English dictionary

  • Before Sunrise — Infobox Film name = Before Sunrise caption = Before Sunrise film poster director = Richard Linklater writer = Richard Linklater, Kim Krizan starring = Ethan Hawke, Julie Delpy cinematog. = Lee Daniel producer = Anne Walker McBay distributor =… …   Wikipedia

  • Point Place — is a fictional small suburban town in Wisconsin, somewhere near Kenosha, Wisconsin, [cite web|url=http://www.that70sshow.com/index faq.htm|title=That 70s Show FAQs] in which the television sitcom That 70s Show takes place. The characters speak… …   Wikipedia

  • There's No Place Like Home — For other uses, see No Place Like Home. There s No Place Like Home Lost episode The climax of the season finale, in which Benjamin Linus pushes the large …   Wikipedia

  • The Place Promised in Our Early Days — Infobox animanga/Header name = The Place Promised in Our Early Days caption = © Makoto Shinkai / CoMix Wave ja name = 雲のむこう、約束の場所 ja name trans = Beyond the Clouds, the Promised Place genre = Drama, Military, Romance, Science FictionInfobox… …   Wikipedia

  • List of The Land Before Time songs — This article is about original songs used in the Land Before Time series. The Land Before Time The only song in the film is written by James Horner, Barry Mann and Cynthia Weil.If We Hold On TogetherPlayed during the end credits, this song is… …   Wikipedia

  • The Women of Brewster Place (novel) — The Women of Brewster Place, (1982) is the first novel by noted American author Gloria Naylor. It was adapted into the 1989 miniseries The Women of Brewster Place and the 1990 ongoing series Brewster Place by Oprah Winfrey s Harpo Productions.… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»